merged changes from grep-1.6 (alpha)
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdb.texinfo
CommitLineData
b80282d5 1_dnl__ -*-Texinfo-*-
1041a570 2_dnl__ Copyright (c) 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
29a2b744
RP
3_dnl__ $Id$
4\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
1041a570 5@c Copyright (c) 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
29a2b744 6@c %**start of header
5a131cc7 7@setfilename _GDBP__.info
29a2b744 8_if__(_GENERIC__)
b7662623 9@settitle _GDBN__, The GNU Debugger
29a2b744
RP
10_fi__(_GENERIC__)
11_if__(!_GENERIC__)
95d5ceb9 12@settitle _GDB__, The GNU Debugger (_HOST__)
29a2b744
RP
13_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
14@setchapternewpage odd
73e44aaf
RP
15@c @smallbook
16@c @cropmarks
29a2b744
RP
17@c %**end of header
18
19@finalout
20@syncodeindex ky cp
21
22_0__@c ===> NOTE! <==_1__
23@c Determine the edition number in *three* places by hand:
24@c 1. First ifinfo section 2. title page 3. top node
25@c To find the locations, search for !!set
26
27@c The following is for Pesch for his RCS system.
28@c This revision number *not* the same as the Edition number.
29@tex
30\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
31\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
32@end tex
33
d24e0922 34@c GDB CHANGELOG CONSULTED BETWEEN:
29a2b744
RP
35@c Fri Oct 11 23:27:06 1991 John Gilmore (gnu at cygnus.com)
36@c Sat Dec 22 02:51:40 1990 John Gilmore (gnu at cygint)
37
9c3ad547 38@c THIS MANUAL REQUIRES TEXINFO-2 macros and info-makers to format properly.
29a2b744 39
b7becc8f
RP
40@ifinfo
41@format
42START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
29a2b744 43* Gdb: (gdb). The GNU debugger.
b7becc8f
RP
44END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
45@end format
46@end ifinfo
5a131cc7
RP
47_if__(0)
48
a6d0b6d3
RP
49NOTE: this manual is marked up for preprocessing with a collection
50of m4 macros called "pretex.m4".
51
9bcc06ef
RP
52THIS IS THE SOURCE PRIOR TO PREPROCESSING. The full source needs to
53be run through m4 before either tex- or info- formatting: for example,
08665207 54_0__
3e0d0a27 55 m4 pretex.m4 none.m4 all.m4 gdb.texinfo >gdb-all.texinfo
70b88761 56will produce (assuming your path finds either GNU m4 >= 0.84, or SysV
1041a570 57m4; Berkeley will not do) a file suitable for formatting. See the text in
70b88761 58"pretex.m4" for a fuller explanation (and the macro definitions).
29a2b744 59_1__
e91b87a3 60
9bcc06ef 61_fi__(0)
70b88761 62@c
70b88761
RP
63@ifinfo
64This file documents the GNU debugger _GDBN__.
65
29a2b744 66@c !!set edition, date, version
d24e0922 67This is Edition 4.04, March 1992,
29a2b744
RP
68of @cite{Using GDB: A Guide to the GNU Source-Level Debugger}
69for GDB Version _GDB_VN__.
70
95d5ceb9 71Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
70b88761
RP
72
73Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
74this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
75are preserved on all copies.
76
77@ignore
78Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
79results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
80notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
81(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
82
83@end ignore
84Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
85manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
86section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
87in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
88distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
89one.
90
91Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
92into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
93except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
94included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
95instead of in the original English.
96@end ifinfo
1041a570 97
70b88761 98@titlepage
92b73793 99@title Using _GDBN__
95d5ceb9 100@subtitle The GNU Source-Level Debugger
70b88761 101_if__(!_GENERIC__)
c7cb8acb 102@subtitle on _HOST__ Systems
70b88761
RP
103_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
104@sp 1
29a2b744 105@c !!set edition, date, version
d24e0922
RP
106@subtitle Edition 4.04, for _GDBN__ version _GDB_VN__
107@subtitle March 1992
29a2b744 108@author by Richard M. Stallman and Roland H. Pesch
70b88761
RP
109@page
110@tex
111{\parskip=0pt
112\hfill rms\@ai.mit.edu, pesch\@cygnus.com\par
113\hfill {\it Using _GDBN__}, \manvers\par
114\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
115}
116@end tex
117
118@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1041a570 119Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
70b88761
RP
120
121Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
122this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
123are preserved on all copies.
124
125Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
126manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
127section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as
128in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is
129distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
130one.
131
132Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
133into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
134except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be
135included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation
136instead of in the original English.
137@end titlepage
138@page
139
70b88761 140@ifinfo
29a2b744
RP
141@node Top, Summary, (dir), (dir)
142@top _GDBN__, the GNU symbolic debugger
143
144This file describes _GDBN__, the GNU symbolic debugger.
145
146@c !!set edition, date, version
d24e0922 147This is Edition 4.04, March 1992, for GDB Version _GDB_VN__.
70b88761
RP
148@end ifinfo
149
150@menu
b80282d5 151* Summary:: Summary of _GDBN__
c7cb8acb 152* New Features:: New features since GDB version 3.5
95d5ceb9 153* Sample Session:: A sample _GDBN__ session
29a2b744
RP
154* Invocation:: Getting in and out of _GDBN__
155* Commands:: _GDBN__ commands
156* Running:: Running programs under _GDBN__
157* Stopping:: Stopping and continuing
158* Stack:: Examining the stack
159* Source:: Examining source files
160* Data:: Examining data
161* Languages:: Using _GDBN__ with different languages
162* Symbols:: Examining the symbol table
163* Altering:: Altering execution
164* _GDBN__ Files:: _GDBN__'s files
165* Targets:: Specifying a debugging target
c2bbbb22 166* Controlling _GDBN__:: Controlling _GDBN__
29a2b744 167* Sequences:: Canned sequences of commands
b80282d5 168* Emacs:: Using _GDBN__ under GNU Emacs
29a2b744 169* _GDBN__ Bugs:: Reporting bugs in _GDBN__
e251e767 170* Renamed Commands::
77b46d13 171* Formatting Documentation:: How to format and print GDB documentation
c7cb8acb 172* Installing GDB:: Installing GDB
b80282d5
RP
173* Copying:: GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
174* Index:: Index
c2bbbb22 175
70b88761
RP
176 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
177
178Summary of _GDBN__
179
95d5ceb9 180* Free Software:: Freely redistributable software
b80282d5 181* Contributors:: Contributors to _GDBN__
70b88761
RP
182
183Getting In and Out of _GDBN__
184
95d5ceb9
RP
185* Invoking _GDBN__:: How to start _GDBN__
186* Leaving _GDBN__:: How to quit _GDBN__
187* Shell Commands:: How to use shell commands inside _GDBN__
70b88761
RP
188
189Starting _GDBN__
190
b80282d5
RP
191* File Options:: Choosing Files
192* Mode Options:: Choosing Modes
70b88761
RP
193
194_GDBN__ Commands
195
b80282d5
RP
196* Command Syntax:: Command Syntax
197* Help:: Getting Help
70b88761
RP
198
199Running Programs Under _GDBN__
200
b80282d5
RP
201* Compilation:: Compiling for Debugging
202* Starting:: Starting your Program
203* Arguments:: Your Program's Arguments
204* Environment:: Your Program's Environment
205* Working Directory:: Your Program's Working Directory
206* Input/Output:: Your Program's Input and Output
207* Attach:: Debugging an Already-Running Process
208* Kill Process:: Killing the Child Process
d24e0922 209* Process Information:: Additional Process Information
70b88761
RP
210
211Stopping and Continuing
212
b80282d5
RP
213* Breakpoints:: Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
214* Continuing and Stepping:: Resuming Execution
215* Signals:: Signals
70b88761
RP
216
217Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
218
b80282d5
RP
219* Set Breaks:: Setting Breakpoints
220* Set Watchpoints:: Setting Watchpoints
221* Exception Handling:: Breakpoints and Exceptions
222* Delete Breaks:: Deleting Breakpoints
223* Disabling:: Disabling Breakpoints
224* Conditions:: Break Conditions
225* Break Commands:: Breakpoint Command Lists
226* Breakpoint Menus:: Breakpoint Menus
c2bbbb22 227* Error in Breakpoints:: ``Cannot insert breakpoints''
70b88761
RP
228
229Examining the Stack
230
b80282d5
RP
231* Frames:: Stack Frames
232* Backtrace:: Backtraces
233* Selection:: Selecting a Frame
234* Frame Info:: Information on a Frame
70b88761
RP
235
236Examining Source Files
237
b80282d5
RP
238* List:: Printing Source Lines
239* Search:: Searching Source Files
240* Source Path:: Specifying Source Directories
241* Machine Code:: Source and Machine Code
70b88761
RP
242
243Examining Data
244
b80282d5
RP
245* Expressions:: Expressions
246* Variables:: Program Variables
247* Arrays:: Artificial Arrays
248* Output formats:: Output formats
249* Memory:: Examining Memory
250* Auto Display:: Automatic Display
251* Print Settings:: Print Settings
252* Value History:: Value History
253* Convenience Vars:: Convenience Variables
254* Registers:: Registers
255* Floating Point Hardware:: Floating Point Hardware
70b88761 256
c2bbbb22
RP
257Using GDB with Different Languages
258
259* Setting:: Switching between source languages
260* Show:: Displaying the language
261* Checks:: Type and Range checks
262* Support:: Supported languages
263
264Switching between source languages
265
266* Manually:: Setting the working language manually
267* Automatically:: Having GDB infer the source language
268
269Type and range Checking
270
271* Type Checking:: An overview of type checking
272* Range Checking:: An overview of range checking
273
274Supported Languages
275
276* C:: C and C++
277* Modula-2:: Modula-2
278
279C and C++
280
281* C Operators:: C and C++ Operators
282* C Constants:: C and C++ Constants
283* Cplusplus expressions:: C++ Expressions
284* C Defaults:: Default settings for C and C++
285* C Checks:: C and C++ Type and Range Checks
286* Debugging C:: _GDBN__ and C
287* Debugging C plus plus:: Special features for C++
288
289Modula-2
290
291* M2 Operators:: Built-in operators
29a2b744 292* Built-In Func/Proc:: Built-in Functions and Procedures
c2bbbb22
RP
293* M2 Constants:: Modula-2 Constants
294* M2 Defaults:: Default settings for Modula-2
295* Deviations:: Deviations from standard Modula-2
296* M2 Checks:: Modula-2 Type and Range Checks
297* M2 Scope:: The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.}
298* GDB/M2:: GDB and Modula-2
299
70b88761
RP
300Altering Execution
301
b80282d5
RP
302* Assignment:: Assignment to Variables
303* Jumping:: Continuing at a Different Address
29a2b744 304* Signaling:: Giving your program a Signal
b80282d5
RP
305* Returning:: Returning from a Function
306* Calling:: Calling your Program's Functions
c338a2fd 307* Patching:: Patching your Program
70b88761
RP
308
309_GDBN__'s Files
310
b80282d5
RP
311* Files:: Commands to Specify Files
312* Symbol Errors:: Errors Reading Symbol Files
70b88761 313
e251e767 314Specifying a Debugging Target
70b88761 315
b80282d5
RP
316* Active Targets:: Active Targets
317* Target Commands:: Commands for Managing Targets
318* Remote:: Remote Debugging
70b88761
RP
319
320Remote Debugging
321
c2bbbb22
RP
322* i960-Nindy Remote:: _GDBN__ with a Remote i960 (Nindy)
323* EB29K Remote:: _GDBN__ with a Remote EB29K
324* VxWorks Remote:: _GDBN__ and VxWorks
70b88761
RP
325
326_GDBN__ with a Remote i960 (Nindy)
327
b80282d5
RP
328* Nindy Startup:: Startup with Nindy
329* Nindy Options:: Options for Nindy
330* Nindy reset:: Nindy Reset Command
70b88761
RP
331
332_GDBN__ with a Remote EB29K
333
b80282d5
RP
334* Comms (EB29K):: Communications Setup
335* gdb-EB29K:: EB29K cross-debugging
336* Remote Log:: Remote Log
70b88761
RP
337
338_GDBN__ and VxWorks
339
b80282d5
RP
340* VxWorks connection:: Connecting to VxWorks
341* VxWorks download:: VxWorks Download
342* VxWorks attach:: Running Tasks
70b88761
RP
343
344Controlling _GDBN__
345
b80282d5
RP
346* Prompt:: Prompt
347* Editing:: Command Editing
348* History:: Command History
349* Screen Size:: Screen Size
350* Numbers:: Numbers
351* Messages/Warnings:: Optional Warnings and Messages
70b88761
RP
352
353Canned Sequences of Commands
354
b80282d5
RP
355* Define:: User-Defined Commands
356* Command Files:: Command Files
357* Output:: Commands for Controlled Output
70b88761
RP
358
359Reporting Bugs in _GDBN__
360
b80282d5
RP
361* Bug Criteria:: Have You Found a Bug?
362* Bug Reporting:: How to Report Bugs
c2bbbb22
RP
363
364Installing GDB
365
f672bb7f 366* Separate Objdir:: Compiling _GDBN__ in another directory
c2bbbb22
RP
367* Config Names:: Specifying names for hosts and targets
368* configure Options:: Summary of options for configure
70b88761
RP
369@end menu
370
371@node Summary, New Features, Top, Top
372@unnumbered Summary of _GDBN__
373
374The purpose of a debugger such as _GDBN__ is to allow you to see what is
375going on ``inside'' another program while it executes---or what another
1041a570 376program was doing at the moment it crashed.
70b88761
RP
377
378_GDBN__ can do four main kinds of things (plus other things in support of
1041a570 379these) to help you catch bugs in the act:
70b88761
RP
380
381@itemize @bullet
382@item
383Start your program, specifying anything that might affect its behavior.
384
385@item
386Make your program stop on specified conditions.
387
388@item
389Examine what has happened, when your program has stopped.
390
391@item
392Change things in your program, so you can experiment with correcting the
393effects of one bug and go on to learn about another.
394@end itemize
395
c2bbbb22
RP
396You can use _GDBN__ to debug programs written in C, C++, and Modula-2.
397Fortran support will be added when a GNU Fortran compiler is ready.
70b88761
RP
398
399@menu
b80282d5
RP
400* Free Software:: Free Software
401* Contributors:: Contributors to GDB
70b88761
RP
402@end menu
403
404@node Free Software, Contributors, Summary, Summary
405@unnumberedsec Free Software
1041a570
RP
406
407_GDBN__ is @dfn{free software}, protected by the GNU General Public License
408(GPL). The GPL gives you the freedom to copy or adapt a licensed
70b88761
RP
409program---but every person getting a copy also gets with it the
410freedom to modify that copy (which means that they must get access to
411the source code), and the freedom to distribute further copies.
412Typical software companies use copyrights to limit your freedoms; the
413Free Software Foundation uses the GPL to preserve these freedoms.
414
415Fundamentally, the General Public License is a license which says that
29a2b744 416you have these freedoms and that you cannot take these freedoms away
70b88761
RP
417from anyone else.
418
29a2b744 419For full details, @pxref{Copying, ,GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE}.
1041a570 420
70b88761
RP
421@node Contributors, , Free Software, Summary
422@unnumberedsec Contributors to GDB
423
424Richard Stallman was the original author of GDB, and of many other GNU
425programs. Many others have contributed to its development. This
426section attempts to credit major contributors. One of the virtues of
427free software is that everyone is free to contribute to it; with
428regret, we cannot actually acknowledge everyone here. The file
429@file{ChangeLog} in the GDB distribution approximates a blow-by-blow
430account.
431
432Changes much prior to version 2.0 are lost in the mists of time.
433
434@quotation
435@emph{Plea:} Additions to this section are particularly welcome. If you
436or your friends (or enemies; let's be evenhanded) have been unfairly
437omitted from this list, we would like to add your names!
438@end quotation
439
440So that they may not regard their long labor as thankless, we
69bbcf05 441particularly thank those who shepherded GDB through major releases: Stu
14d01801 442Grossman and John Gilmore (releases 4.5, 4.4), John Gilmore (releases 4.3, 4.2,
69bbcf05
RP
4434.1, 4.0, and 3.9); Jim Kingdon (releases 3.5, 3.4, 3.3); and Randy
444Smith (releases 3.2, 3.1, 3.0). As major maintainer of GDB for some
445period, each contributed significantly to the structure, stability, and
446capabilities of the entire debugger.
70b88761
RP
447
448Richard Stallman, assisted at various times by Pete TerMaat, Chris
449Hanson, and Richard Mlynarik, handled releases through 2.8.
450
451Michael Tiemann is the author of most of the GNU C++ support in GDB,
452with significant additional contributions from Per Bothner. James
453Clark wrote the GNU C++ demangler. Early work on C++ was by Peter
454TerMaat (who also did much general update work leading to release 3.0).
455
1041a570
RP
456GDB 4 uses the BFD subroutine library to examine multiple
457object-file formats; BFD was a joint project of David V.
458Henkel-Wallace, Rich Pixley, Steve Chamberlain, and John Gilmore.
70b88761 459
1041a570
RP
460David Johnson wrote the original COFF support; Pace Willison did
461the original support for encapsulated COFF.
70b88761
RP
462
463Adam de Boor and Bradley Davis contributed the ISI Optimum V support.
464Per Bothner, Noboyuki Hikichi, and Alessandro Forin contributed MIPS
1041a570
RP
465support. Jean-Daniel Fekete contributed Sun 386i support. Chris
466Hanson improved the HP9000 support. Noboyuki Hikichi and Tomoyuki
467Hasei contributed Sony/News OS 3 support. David Johnson contributed
468Encore Umax support. Jyrki Kuoppala contributed Altos 3068 support.
469Keith Packard contributed NS32K support. Doug Rabson contributed
470Acorn Risc Machine support. Chris Smith contributed Convex support
471(and Fortran debugging). Jonathan Stone contributed Pyramid support.
472Michael Tiemann contributed SPARC support. Tim Tucker contributed
473support for the Gould NP1 and Gould Powernode. Pace Willison
474contributed Intel 386 support. Jay Vosburgh contributed Symmetry
475support.
70b88761 476
c338a2fd
RP
477Rich Schaefer and Peter Schauer helped with support of SunOS shared
478libraries.
70b88761
RP
479
480Jay Fenlason and Roland McGrath ensured that GDB and GAS agree about
481several machine instruction sets.
482
1041a570
RP
483Patrick Duval, Ted Goldstein, Vikram Koka and Glenn Engel helped
484develop remote debugging. Intel Corporation and Wind River Systems
485contributed remote debugging modules for their products.
70b88761 486
1041a570
RP
487Brian Fox is the author of the readline libraries providing
488command-line editing and command history.
70b88761 489
1041a570
RP
490Andrew Beers of SUNY Buffalo wrote the language-switching code and
491the Modula-2 support, and contributed the Languages chapter of this
492manual.
c2bbbb22 493
14d01801
RP
494Fred Fish wrote most of the support for Unix System Vr4.
495
70b88761 496@node New Features, Sample Session, Summary, Top
c7cb8acb 497@unnumbered New Features since GDB version 3.5
70b88761
RP
498
499@table @emph
500@item Targets
501Using the new command @code{target}, you can select at runtime whether
502you are debugging local files, local processes, standalone systems over
b80282d5
RP
503a serial port, realtime systems over a TCP/IP connection, etc. The
504command @code{load} can download programs into a remote system. Serial
505stubs are available for Motorola 680x0 and Intel 80386 remote systems;
c7cb8acb 506GDB also supports debugging realtime processes running under
b80282d5 507VxWorks, using SunRPC Remote Procedure Calls over TCP/IP to talk to a
c7cb8acb 508debugger stub on the target system. Internally, GDB now uses a
b80282d5
RP
509function vector to mediate access to different targets; if you need to
510add your own support for a remote protocol, this makes it much easier.
70b88761
RP
511
512@item Watchpoints
c7cb8acb 513GDB now sports watchpoints as well as breakpoints. You can use a
70b88761
RP
514watchpoint to stop execution whenever the value of an expression
515changes, without having to predict a particular place in your program
516where this may happen.
517
b80282d5
RP
518@item Wide Output
519Commands that issue wide output now insert newlines at places designed
520to make the output more readable.
521
70b88761 522@item Object Code Formats
c7cb8acb 523GDB uses a new library called the Binary File Descriptor (BFD)
3d3ab540
RP
524Library to permit it to switch dynamically, without reconfiguration or
525recompilation, between different object-file formats. Formats currently
526supported are COFF, a.out, and the Intel 960 b.out; files may be read as
527.o's, archive libraries, or core dumps. BFD is available as a
528subroutine library so that other programs may take advantage of it, and
529the other GNU binary utilities are being converted to use it.
70b88761 530
b80282d5 531@item Configuration and Ports
70b88761 532Compile-time configuration (to select a particular architecture and
7463aadd 533operating system) is much easier. The script @code{configure} now
c7cb8acb
RP
534allows you to configure GDB as either a native debugger or a
535cross-debugger. @xref{Installing GDB}, for details on how to
b80282d5 536configure and on what architectures are now available.
70b88761
RP
537
538@item Interaction
c7cb8acb 539The user interface to GDB's control variables has been simplified
70b88761
RP
540and consolidated in two commands, @code{set} and @code{show}. Output
541lines are now broken at readable places, rather than overflowing onto
542the next line. You can suppress output of machine-level addresses,
543displaying only source language information.
544
b80282d5 545@item C++
c7cb8acb 546GDB now supports C++ multiple inheritance (if used with a GCC
b80282d5 547version 2 compiler), and also has limited support for C++ exception
c7cb8acb 548handling, with the commands @code{catch} and @code{info catch}: GDB
b80282d5
RP
549can break when an exception is raised, before the stack is peeled back
550to the exception handler's context.
70b88761 551
c2bbbb22 552@item Modula-2
c7cb8acb 553GDB now has preliminary support for the GNU Modula-2 compiler,
c2bbbb22 554currently under development at the State University of New York at
c7cb8acb 555Buffalo. Coordinated development of both GDB and the GNU Modula-2
5b0fdf7b
RP
556compiler will continue into 1992. Other Modula-2 compilers are
557currently not supported, and attempting to debug programs compiled with
558them will likely result in an error as the symbol table of the
559executable is read in.
c2bbbb22 560
70b88761 561@item Command Rationalization
c7cb8acb 562Many GDB commands have been renamed to make them easier to remember
70b88761
RP
563and use. In particular, the subcommands of @code{info} and
564@code{show}/@code{set} are grouped to make the former refer to the state
c7cb8acb 565of your program, and the latter refer to the state of GDB itself.
70b88761
RP
566@xref{Renamed Commands}, for details on what commands were renamed.
567
70b88761 568@item Shared Libraries
77b46d13
JG
569GDB 4 can debug programs and core files that use SunOS, SVR4, or IBM RS/6000
570shared libraries.
b80282d5
RP
571
572@item Reference Card
c7cb8acb 573GDB 4 has a reference card. @xref{Formatting Documentation} for
b80282d5 574instructions on printing it.
70b88761
RP
575
576@item Work in Progress
577Kernel debugging for BSD and Mach systems; Tahoe and HPPA architecture
578support.
70b88761
RP
579@end table
580
581@node Sample Session, Invocation, New Features, Top
582@chapter A Sample _GDBN__ Session
583
584You can use this manual at your leisure to read all about _GDBN__.
585However, a handful of commands are enough to get started using the
586debugger. This chapter illustrates these commands.
587
588@iftex
6ca72cc6 589In this sample session, we emphasize user input like this: @b{input},
70b88761
RP
590to make it easier to pick out from the surrounding output.
591@end iftex
592
593@c FIXME: this example may not be appropriate for some configs, where
594@c FIXME...primary interest is in remote use.
595_0__
596One of the preliminary versions of GNU @code{m4} (a generic macro
597processor) exhibits the following bug: sometimes, when we change its
598quote strings from the default, the commands used to capture one macro's
599definition in another stop working. In the following short @code{m4}
600session, we define a macro @code{foo} which expands to @code{0000}; we
29a2b744 601then use the @code{m4} built-in @code{defn} to define @code{bar} as the
70b88761
RP
602same thing. However, when we change the open quote string to
603@code{<QUOTE>} and the close quote string to @code{<UNQUOTE>}, the same
604procedure fails to define a new synonym @code{baz}:
605
606@smallexample
6ca72cc6
RP
607$ @b{cd gnu/m4}
608$ @b{./m4}
609@b{define(foo,0000)}
70b88761 610
6ca72cc6 611@b{foo}
70b88761 6120000
6ca72cc6 613@b{define(bar,defn(`foo'))}
70b88761 614
6ca72cc6 615@b{bar}
70b88761 6160000
6ca72cc6 617@b{changequote(<QUOTE>,<UNQUOTE>)}
70b88761 618
6ca72cc6
RP
619@b{define(baz,defn(<QUOTE>foo<UNQUOTE>))}
620@b{baz}
621@b{C-d}
70b88761
RP
622m4: End of input: 0: fatal error: EOF in string
623@end smallexample
624
625@noindent
626Let's use _GDBN__ to try to see what's going on.
627
628@smallexample
6ca72cc6 629$ @b{_GDBP__ m4}
203eea5d
RP
630@c FIXME: this falsifies the exact text played out, to permit smallbook
631@c FIXME... format to come out better.
632GDB is free software and you are welcome to distribute copies
633 of it under certain conditions; type "show copying" to see
634 the conditions.
635There is absolutely no warranty for GDB; type "show warranty"
636for details.
5b0fdf7b 637GDB _GDB_VN__, Copyright 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc...
e251e767 638(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
639@end smallexample
640
641@noindent
1041a570
RP
642_GDBN__ reads only enough symbol data to know where to find the rest when
643needed; as a result, the first prompt comes up very quickly. We now
644tell _GDBN__ to use a narrower display width than usual, so that examples
645will fit in this manual.
70b88761
RP
646
647@smallexample
6ca72cc6 648(_GDBP__) @b{set width 70}
70b88761
RP
649@end smallexample
650
e251e767 651@noindent
29a2b744 652Let's see how the @code{m4} built-in @code{changequote} works.
70b88761
RP
653Having looked at the source, we know the relevant subroutine is
654@code{m4_changequote}, so we set a breakpoint there with _GDBN__'s
655@code{break} command.
656
657@smallexample
6ca72cc6 658(_GDBP__) @b{break m4_changequote}
70b88761
RP
659Breakpoint 1 at 0x62f4: file builtin.c, line 879.
660@end smallexample
661
662@noindent
663Using the @code{run} command, we start @code{m4} running under _GDBN__
664control; as long as control does not reach the @code{m4_changequote}
665subroutine, the program runs as usual:
666
667@smallexample
6ca72cc6 668(_GDBP__) @b{run}
e251e767 669Starting program: /work/Editorial/gdb/gnu/m4/m4
6ca72cc6 670@b{define(foo,0000)}
70b88761 671
6ca72cc6 672@b{foo}
70b88761
RP
6730000
674@end smallexample
675
676@noindent
677To trigger the breakpoint, we call @code{changequote}. _GDBN__
678suspends execution of @code{m4}, displaying information about the
679context where it stops.
680
681@smallexample
6ca72cc6 682@b{changequote(<QUOTE>,<UNQUOTE>)}
70b88761 683
203eea5d
RP
684Breakpoint 1, m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70)
685 at builtin.c:879
38962738 686879 if (bad_argc(TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[0]),argc,1,3))
70b88761
RP
687@end smallexample
688
689@noindent
690Now we use the command @code{n} (@code{next}) to advance execution to
691the next line of the current function.
692
693@smallexample
6ca72cc6 694(_GDBP__) @b{n}
203eea5d
RP
695882 set_quotes((argc >= 2) ? TOKEN_DATA_TEXT(argv[1])\
696 : nil,
70b88761
RP
697@end smallexample
698
699@noindent
700@code{set_quotes} looks like a promising subroutine. We can go into it
701by using the command @code{s} (@code{step}) instead of @code{next}.
702@code{step} goes to the next line to be executed in @emph{any}
e251e767 703subroutine, so it steps into @code{set_quotes}.
70b88761
RP
704
705@smallexample
6ca72cc6 706(_GDBP__) @b{s}
70b88761
RP
707set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<QUOTE>", rq=0x34c88 "<UNQUOTE>")
708 at input.c:530
709530 if (lquote != def_lquote)
710@end smallexample
711
712@noindent
29a2b744
RP
713The display that shows the subroutine where @code{m4} is now
714suspended (and its arguments) is called a stack frame display. It
715shows a summary of the stack. We can use the @code{backtrace}
716command (which can also be spelled @code{bt}), to see where we are
717in the stack as a whole: the @code{backtrace} command displays a
718stack frame for each active subroutine.
70b88761
RP
719
720@smallexample
6ca72cc6 721(_GDBP__) @b{bt}
70b88761
RP
722#0 set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<QUOTE>", rq=0x34c88 "<UNQUOTE>")
723 at input.c:530
203eea5d
RP
724#1 0x6344 in m4_changequote (argc=3, argv=0x33c70)
725 at builtin.c:882
70b88761
RP
726#2 0x8174 in expand_macro (sym=0x33320) at macro.c:242
727#3 0x7a88 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=209696, td=0xf7fffa30)
728 at macro.c:71
729#4 0x79dc in expand_input () at macro.c:40
730#5 0x2930 in main (argc=0, argv=0xf7fffb20) at m4.c:195
731@end smallexample
732
733@noindent
734Let's step through a few more lines to see what happens. The first two
735times, we can use @samp{s}; the next two times we use @code{n} to avoid
736falling into the @code{xstrdup} subroutine.
1041a570 737
70b88761 738@smallexample
6ca72cc6 739(_GDBP__) @b{s}
70b88761 7400x3b5c 532 if (rquote != def_rquote)
6ca72cc6 741(_GDBP__) @b{s}
203eea5d
RP
7420x3b80 535 lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? \
743def_lquote : xstrdup(lq);
6ca72cc6 744(_GDBP__) @b{n}
203eea5d
RP
745536 rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\
746 : xstrdup(rq);
6ca72cc6 747(_GDBP__) @b{n}
70b88761
RP
748538 len_lquote = strlen(rquote);
749@end smallexample
750
751@noindent
752The last line displayed looks a little odd; let's examine the variables
753@code{lquote} and @code{rquote} to see if they are in fact the new left
754and right quotes we specified. We can use the command @code{p}
755(@code{print}) to see their values.
756
757@smallexample
6ca72cc6 758(_GDBP__) @b{p lquote}
70b88761 759$1 = 0x35d40 "<QUOTE>"
6ca72cc6 760(_GDBP__) @b{p rquote}
70b88761
RP
761$2 = 0x35d50 "<UNQUOTE>"
762@end smallexample
763
764@noindent
765@code{lquote} and @code{rquote} are indeed the new left and right quotes.
766Let's look at some context; we can display ten lines of source
767surrounding the current line, with the @code{l} (@code{list}) command.
768
769@smallexample
6ca72cc6 770(_GDBP__) @b{l}
70b88761 771533 xfree(rquote);
e251e767 772534
203eea5d
RP
773535 lquote = (lq == nil || *lq == '\0') ? def_lquote\
774 : xstrdup (lq);
775536 rquote = (rq == nil || *rq == '\0') ? def_rquote\
776 : xstrdup (rq);
e251e767 777537
70b88761
RP
778538 len_lquote = strlen(rquote);
779539 len_rquote = strlen(lquote);
780540 @}
e251e767 781541
70b88761
RP
782542 void
783@end smallexample
784
785@noindent
786Let's step past the two lines that set @code{len_lquote} and
787@code{len_rquote}, and then examine the values of those variables.
788
789@smallexample
6ca72cc6 790(_GDBP__) @b{n}
70b88761 791539 len_rquote = strlen(lquote);
6ca72cc6 792(_GDBP__) @b{n}
70b88761 793540 @}
6ca72cc6 794(_GDBP__) @b{p len_lquote}
70b88761 795$3 = 9
6ca72cc6 796(_GDBP__) @b{p len_rquote}
70b88761
RP
797$4 = 7
798@end smallexample
799
800@noindent
801That certainly looks wrong, assuming @code{len_lquote} and
802@code{len_rquote} are meant to be the lengths of @code{lquote} and
803@code{rquote} respectively. Let's try setting them to better values.
804We can use the @code{p} command for this, since it'll print the value of
805any expression---and that expression can include subroutine calls and
e251e767 806assignments.
70b88761
RP
807
808@smallexample
6ca72cc6 809(_GDBP__) @b{p len_lquote=strlen(lquote)}
70b88761 810$5 = 7
6ca72cc6 811(_GDBP__) @b{p len_rquote=strlen(rquote)}
70b88761
RP
812$6 = 9
813@end smallexample
814
815@noindent
816Let's see if that fixes the problem of using the new quotes with the
817@code{m4} built-in @code{defn}. We can allow @code{m4} to continue
818executing with the @code{c} (@code{continue}) command, and then try the
819example that caused trouble initially:
820
821@smallexample
6ca72cc6 822(_GDBP__) @b{c}
70b88761
RP
823Continuing.
824
6ca72cc6 825@b{define(baz,defn(<QUOTE>foo<UNQUOTE>))}
70b88761
RP
826
827baz
8280000
829@end smallexample
830
831@noindent
832Success! The new quotes now work just as well as the default ones. The
833problem seems to have been just the two typos defining the wrong
834lengths. We'll let @code{m4} exit by giving it an EOF as input.
835
836@smallexample
6ca72cc6 837@b{C-d}
70b88761
RP
838Program exited normally.
839@end smallexample
840
e251e767 841@noindent
70b88761
RP
842The message @samp{Program exited normally.} is from _GDBN__; it
843indicates @code{m4} has finished executing. We can end our _GDBN__
844session with the _GDBN__ @code{quit} command.
845
846@smallexample
6ca72cc6 847(_GDBP__) @b{quit}
70b88761
RP
848_1__@end smallexample
849
850@node Invocation, Commands, Sample Session, Top
851@chapter Getting In and Out of _GDBN__
852
c7cb8acb
RP
853This chapter discusses how to start _GDBN__, and how to get out of it.
854(The essentials: type @samp{_GDBP__} to start GDB, and type @kbd{quit}
855or @kbd{C-d} to exit.)
29a2b744 856
70b88761 857@menu
29a2b744 858* Invoking _GDBN__:: Starting _GDBN__
c2bbbb22 859* Leaving _GDBN__:: Leaving _GDBN__
b80282d5 860* Shell Commands:: Shell Commands
70b88761
RP
861@end menu
862
29a2b744 863@node Invoking _GDBN__, Leaving _GDBN__, Invocation, Invocation
70b88761
RP
864@section Starting _GDBN__
865
1041a570
RP
866Start _GDBN__ with the shell command @code{_GDBP__}. Once it's running,
867_GDBN__ reads commands from the terminal until you tell it to exit.
70b88761 868
c7cb8acb
RP
869You can also run @code{_GDBP__} with a variety of arguments and options,
870to specify more of your debugging environment at the outset.
871
872The command-line options described here are designed
873to cover a variety of situations; in some environments, some of these
874options may effectively be unavailable.
875
876_if__(_H8__)
877For details on starting up _GDBP__ as a
878remote debugger attached to a Hitachi H8/300 board, see @ref{Hitachi
879H8/300 Remote,,_GDBN__ and the Hitachi H8/300}.
880_fi__(_H8__)
881
882The most usual way to start _GDBN__ is with one argument or two,
883specifying an executable program as the argument:
1041a570 884
70b88761 885@example
29a2b744 886_GDBP__ @var{program}
70b88761 887@end example
1041a570 888
70b88761 889@noindent
29a2b744
RP
890You can also start with both an executable program and a core file
891specified:
1041a570 892
70b88761 893@example
29a2b744 894_GDBP__ @var{program} @var{core}
70b88761
RP
895@end example
896
b80282d5
RP
897You can, instead, specify a process ID as a second argument, if you want
898to debug a running process:
1041a570 899
b80282d5 900@example
29a2b744 901_GDBP__ @var{program} 1234
b80282d5 902@end example
1041a570 903
b80282d5
RP
904@noindent
905would attach _GDBN__ to process @code{1234} (unless you also have a file
906named @file{1234}; _GDBN__ does check for a core file first).
907
c7cb8acb
RP
908Taking advantage of the second command-line argument requires a fairly
909complete operating system; when you use _GDBN__ as a remote debugger
910attached to a bare board, there may not be any notion of ``process'',
911and there is often no way to get a core dump.
912
70b88761
RP
913@noindent
914You can further control how _GDBN__ starts up by using command-line
29a2b744
RP
915options. _GDBN__ itself can remind you of the options available.
916
917@noindent
918Type
919
70b88761
RP
920@example
921_GDBP__ -help
922@end example
29a2b744 923
70b88761 924@noindent
29a2b744 925to display all available options and briefly describe their use
70b88761
RP
926(@samp{_GDBP__ -h} is a shorter equivalent).
927
928All options and command line arguments you give are processed
929in sequential order. The order makes a difference when the
e251e767 930@samp{-x} option is used.
70b88761
RP
931
932@menu
b80282d5
RP
933* File Options:: Choosing Files
934* Mode Options:: Choosing Modes
70b88761
RP
935_if__(!_GENERIC__)
936_include__(gdbinv-m.m4)_dnl__
937_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
938@end menu
939
29a2b744 940@node File Options, Mode Options, Invoking _GDBN__, Invoking _GDBN__
70b88761
RP
941@subsection Choosing Files
942
29a2b744
RP
943When _GDBN__ starts, it reads any arguments other than options as
944specifying an executable file and core file (or process ID). This is
945the same as if the arguments were specified by the @samp{-se} and
946@samp{-c} options respectively. (_GDBN__ reads the first argument
947that does not have an associated option flag as equivalent to the
948@samp{-se} option followed by that argument; and the second argument
949that does not have an associated option flag, if any, as equivalent to
950the @samp{-c} option followed by that argument.)
951
952Many options have both long and short forms; both are shown in the
953following list. _GDBN__ also recognizes the long forms if you truncate
954them, so long as enough of the option is present to be unambiguous.
955(If you prefer, you can flag option arguments with @samp{--} rather
956than @samp{-}, though we illustrate the more usual convention.)
70b88761
RP
957
958@table @code
959@item -symbols=@var{file}
960@itemx -s @var{file}
961Read symbol table from file @var{file}.
962
963@item -exec=@var{file}
964@itemx -e @var{file}
965Use file @var{file} as the executable file to execute when
966appropriate, and for examining pure data in conjunction with a core
967dump.
968
3d3ab540 969@item -se=@var{file}
70b88761
RP
970Read symbol table from file @var{file} and use it as the executable
971file.
972
973@item -core=@var{file}
974@itemx -c @var{file}
975Use file @var{file} as a core dump to examine.
976
977@item -command=@var{file}
978@itemx -x @var{file}
979Execute _GDBN__ commands from file @var{file}. @xref{Command Files}.
980
981@item -directory=@var{directory}
982@itemx -d @var{directory}
983Add @var{directory} to the path to search for source files.
14d01801
RP
984
985@item -m
986@itemx -mapped
987@emph{Warning: this option depends on operating system facilities that are not
988supported on all systems.}@*
77b46d13
JG
989If memory-mapped files are available on your system through the @code{mmap}
990system call, you can use this option
991to cause _GDBN__ to write the symbols from your
992program into a reusable file in the current directory. If the program you are debugging is
993called @file{/tmp/fred}, the mapped symbol file will be @file{./fred.syms}.
994Future _GDBN__ debugging sessions will notice the presence of this file,
995and will quickly map in symbol information from it, rather than reading
996the symbol table from the executable program.
997
998The @file{.syms} file is specific to the host machine on which _GDBN__ is run.
999It holds an exact image of _GDBN__'s internal symbol table. It cannot be
1000shared across multiple host platforms.
1001
1002@item -r
1003@itemx -readnow
1004Read each symbol file's entire symbol table immediately, rather than
1005the default, which is to read it incrementally as it is needed.
1006This makes startup slower, but makes future operations faster.
70b88761
RP
1007@end table
1008
77b46d13
JG
1009The @code{-mapped} and @code{-readnow} options are typically combined in order to
1010build a @file{.syms} file that contains complete symbol information.
1011A simple GDB invocation to do nothing but build a @file{.syms} file for future
1012use is:
1013
1014@example
1015 gdb -batch -nx -mapped -readnow programname
1016@end example
1017
70b88761 1018_if__(!_GENERIC__)
29a2b744 1019@node Mode Options, Mode Options, File Options, Invoking _GDBN__
70b88761
RP
1020_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
1021_if__(_GENERIC__)
29a2b744
RP
1022@node Mode Options, , File Options, Invoking _GDBN__
1023_fi__(_GENERIC__)
1041a570
RP
1024@subsection Choosing Modes
1025
29a2b744
RP
1026You can run _GDBN__ in various alternative modes---for example, in
1027batch mode or quiet mode.
70b88761
RP
1028
1029@table @code
1030@item -nx
1031@itemx -n
1032Do not execute commands from any @file{_GDBINIT__} initialization files.
1033Normally, the commands in these files are executed after all the
e251e767 1034command options and arguments have been processed.
c728f1f0 1035@xref{Command Files}.
70b88761
RP
1036
1037@item -quiet
1038@itemx -q
1039``Quiet''. Do not print the introductory and copyright messages. These
c338a2fd 1040messages are also suppressed in batch mode.
70b88761
RP
1041
1042@item -batch
1043Run in batch mode. Exit with status @code{0} after processing all the command
1044files specified with @samp{-x} (and @file{_GDBINIT__}, if not inhibited).
1045Exit with nonzero status if an error occurs in executing the _GDBN__
e251e767 1046commands in the command files.
70b88761
RP
1047
1048Batch mode may be useful for running _GDBN__ as a filter, for example to
1049download and run a program on another computer; in order to make this
e251e767 1050more useful, the message
1041a570 1051
70b88761
RP
1052@example
1053Program exited normally.
1054@end example
1041a570 1055
70b88761
RP
1056@noindent
1057(which is ordinarily issued whenever a program running under _GDBN__ control
1058terminates) is not issued when running in batch mode.
1059
3d3ab540 1060@item -cd=@var{directory}
70b88761
RP
1061Run _GDBN__ using @var{directory} as its working directory,
1062instead of the current directory.
1063
6ca72cc6
RP
1064_if__(_LUCID__)
1065@item -energize @var{authentication}
1066@itemx -cadillac @var{authentication}
1067When the Energize programming system starts up _GDBN__, it uses this
1068option to trigger an alternate mode of interaction.
1069@var{authentication} is a pair of numeric codes that identify _GDBN__
1070as a client in the Energize environment. Avoid this option when you run
1071_GDBN__ directly from the command line. See @ref{Energize,,Using
1072_GDBN__ with Energize} for more discussion of using _GDBN__ with Energize.
1073_fi__(_LUCID__)
1074
70b88761
RP
1075@item -fullname
1076@itemx -f
1077Emacs sets this option when it runs _GDBN__ as a subprocess. It tells _GDBN__
1078to output the full file name and line number in a standard,
1079recognizable fashion each time a stack frame is displayed (which
29a2b744 1080includes each time your program stops). This recognizable format looks
70b88761
RP
1081like two @samp{\032} characters, followed by the file name, line number
1082and character position separated by colons, and a newline. The
1083Emacs-to-_GDBN__ interface program uses the two @samp{\032} characters as
1084a signal to display the source code for the frame.
1085
1086@item -b @var{bps}
1087Set the line speed (baud rate or bits per second) of any serial
1088interface used by _GDBN__ for remote debugging.
1089
3d3ab540 1090@item -tty=@var{device}
70b88761 1091Run using @var{device} for your program's standard input and output.
29a2b744 1092@c FIXME: kingdon thinks there is more to -tty. Investigate.
70b88761
RP
1093@end table
1094
1095_if__(!_GENERIC__)
1096_include__(gdbinv-s.m4)
1097_fi__(!_GENERIC__)
29a2b744 1098@node Leaving _GDBN__, Shell Commands, Invoking _GDBN__, Invocation
70b88761
RP
1099@section Leaving _GDBN__
1100@cindex exiting _GDBN__
1041a570 1101
70b88761
RP
1102@table @code
1103@item quit
1104@kindex quit
1105@kindex q
1106To exit _GDBN__, use the @code{quit} command (abbreviated @code{q}), or type
e251e767 1107an end-of-file character (usually @kbd{C-d}).
70b88761
RP
1108@end table
1109
1110@cindex interrupt
1111An interrupt (often @kbd{C-c}) will not exit from _GDBN__, but rather
1112will terminate the action of any _GDBN__ command that is in progress and
1113return to _GDBN__ command level. It is safe to type the interrupt
1114character at any time because _GDBN__ does not allow it to take effect
1115until a time when it is safe.
1116
1041a570
RP
1117If you have been using _GDBN__ to control an attached process or device, you
1118can release it with the @code{detach} command; @pxref{Attach,
1119,Debugging an Already-Running Process}..
70b88761
RP
1120
1121@node Shell Commands, , Leaving _GDBN__, Invocation
1122@section Shell Commands
1041a570 1123
70b88761 1124If you need to execute occasional shell commands during your
29a2b744 1125debugging session, there is no need to leave or suspend _GDBN__; you can
70b88761
RP
1126just use the @code{shell} command.
1127
1128@table @code
1129@item shell @var{command string}
1130@kindex shell
1131@cindex shell escape
1132Directs _GDBN__ to invoke an inferior shell to execute @var{command
1133string}. If it exists, the environment variable @code{SHELL} is used
1134for the name of the shell to run. Otherwise _GDBN__ uses
1135@code{/bin/sh}.
1136@end table
1137
1138The utility @code{make} is often needed in development environments.
29a2b744 1139You do not have to use the @code{shell} command for this purpose in _GDBN__:
70b88761
RP
1140
1141@table @code
1142@item make @var{make-args}
1143@kindex make
1144@cindex calling make
1145Causes _GDBN__ to execute an inferior @code{make} program with the specified
1146arguments. This is equivalent to @samp{shell make @var{make-args}}.
1147@end table
1148
1149@node Commands, Running, Invocation, Top
1150@chapter _GDBN__ Commands
1151
29a2b744
RP
1152You can abbreviate GDB command if that abbreviation is unambiguous;
1153and you can repeat certain GDB commands by typing just @key{RET}.
1154
70b88761 1155@menu
b80282d5
RP
1156* Command Syntax:: Command Syntax
1157* Help:: Getting Help
70b88761
RP
1158@end menu
1159
1160@node Command Syntax, Help, Commands, Commands
1161@section Command Syntax
1041a570 1162
70b88761
RP
1163A _GDBN__ command is a single line of input. There is no limit on how long
1164it can be. It starts with a command name, which is followed by arguments
1165whose meaning depends on the command name. For example, the command
1166@code{step} accepts an argument which is the number of times to step,
1167as in @samp{step 5}. You can also use the @code{step} command with
1168no arguments. Some command names do not allow any arguments.
1169
1170@cindex abbreviation
1171_GDBN__ command names may always be truncated if that abbreviation is
1172unambiguous. Other possible command abbreviations are listed in the
1173documentation for individual commands. In some cases, even ambiguous
1174abbreviations are allowed; for example, @code{s} is specially defined as
1175equivalent to @code{step} even though there are other commands whose
1176names start with @code{s}. You can test abbreviations by using them as
7463aadd 1177arguments to the @code{help} command.
70b88761 1178
e251e767 1179@cindex repeating commands
70b88761
RP
1180@kindex RET
1181A blank line as input to _GDBN__ (typing just @key{RET}) means to
1182repeat the previous command. Certain commands (for example, @code{run})
1183will not repeat this way; these are commands for which unintentional
1184repetition might cause trouble and which you are unlikely to want to
1185repeat.
1186
1187The @code{list} and @code{x} commands, when you repeat them with
1188@key{RET}, construct new arguments rather than repeating
1189exactly as typed. This permits easy scanning of source or memory.
1190
b80282d5
RP
1191_GDBN__ can also use @key{RET} in another way: to partition lengthy
1192output, in a way similar to the common utility @code{more}
29a2b744 1193(@pxref{Screen Size}). Since it is easy to press one @key{RET} too many
b80282d5
RP
1194in this situation, _GDBN__ disables command repetition after any command
1195that generates this sort of display.
1196
70b88761
RP
1197@kindex #
1198@cindex comment
1199A line of input starting with @kbd{#} is a comment; it does nothing.
29a2b744 1200This is useful mainly in command files (@pxref{Command Files}).
70b88761
RP
1201
1202@node Help, , Command Syntax, Commands
1203@section Getting Help
1204@cindex online documentation
1205@kindex help
1041a570 1206
70b88761 1207You can always ask _GDBN__ itself for information on its commands, using the
e251e767 1208command @code{help}.
70b88761
RP
1209
1210@table @code
1211@item help
1212@itemx h
1213@kindex h
1214You can use @code{help} (abbreviated @code{h}) with no arguments to
1215display a short list of named classes of commands:
1041a570 1216
70b88761
RP
1217@smallexample
1218(_GDBP__) help
1219List of classes of commands:
1220
1221running -- Running the program
1222stack -- Examining the stack
1223data -- Examining data
1224breakpoints -- Making program stop at certain points
1225files -- Specifying and examining files
1226status -- Status inquiries
1227support -- Support facilities
1228user-defined -- User-defined commands
1229aliases -- Aliases of other commands
1230obscure -- Obscure features
1231
203eea5d
RP
1232Type "help" followed by a class name for a list of
1233commands in that class.
1234Type "help" followed by command name for full
1235documentation.
70b88761 1236Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous.
e251e767 1237(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
1238@end smallexample
1239
1240@item help @var{class}
1241Using one of the general help classes as an argument, you can get a
1242list of the individual commands in that class. For example, here is the
1243help display for the class @code{status}:
1041a570 1244
70b88761
RP
1245@smallexample
1246(_GDBP__) help status
1247Status inquiries.
1248
1249List of commands:
1250
1251show -- Generic command for showing things set with "set"
1252info -- Generic command for printing status
1253
203eea5d
RP
1254Type "help" followed by command name for full
1255documentation.
70b88761 1256Command name abbreviations are allowed if unambiguous.
e251e767 1257(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
1258@end smallexample
1259
1260@item help @var{command}
1261With a command name as @code{help} argument, _GDBN__ will display a
e251e767 1262short paragraph on how to use that command.
70b88761
RP
1263@end table
1264
1265In addition to @code{help}, you can use the _GDBN__ commands @code{info}
1266and @code{show} to inquire about the state of your program, or the state
1267of _GDBN__ itself. Each command supports many topics of inquiry; this
1268manual introduces each of them in the appropriate context. The listings
1269under @code{info} and under @code{show} in the Index point to
29a2b744 1270all the sub-commands. @xref{Index}.
70b88761
RP
1271
1272@c @group
1273@table @code
1274@item info
1275@kindex info
1276@kindex i
1277This command (abbreviated @code{i}) is for describing the state of your
1278program; for example, it can list the arguments given to your program
1279(@code{info args}), the registers currently in use (@code{info
1041a570 1280registers}), or the breakpoints you have set (@code{info breakpoints}).
70b88761
RP
1281You can get a complete list of the @code{info} sub-commands with
1282@w{@code{help info}}.
1283
1284@kindex show
1285@item show
1286In contrast, @code{show} is for describing the state of _GDBN__ itself.
1287You can change most of the things you can @code{show}, by using the
1288related command @code{set}; for example, you can control what number
1289system is used for displays with @code{set radix}, or simply inquire
e251e767 1290which is currently in use with @code{show radix}.
70b88761
RP
1291
1292@kindex info set
1293To display all the settable parameters and their current
1294values, you can use @code{show} with no arguments; you may also use
1295@code{info set}. Both commands produce the same display.
1296@c FIXME: "info set" violates the rule that "info" is for state of
1297@c FIXME...program. Ck w/ GNU: "info set" to be called something else,
1298@c FIXME...or change desc of rule---eg "state of prog and debugging session"?
1299@end table
1300@c @end group
1301
1302Here are three miscellaneous @code{show} subcommands, all of which are
1303exceptional in lacking corresponding @code{set} commands:
1304
1305@table @code
1306@kindex show version
3d3ab540 1307@cindex version number
70b88761
RP
1308@item show version
1309Show what version of _GDBN__ is running. You should include this
1041a570
RP
1310information in _GDBN__ bug-reports. If multiple versions of _GDBN__ are in
1311use at your site, you may occasionally want to make sure what version
1312of _GDBN__ you are running; as _GDBN__ evolves, new commands are introduced,
1313and old ones may wither away. The version number is also announced
1314when you start _GDBN__ with no arguments.
70b88761
RP
1315
1316@kindex show copying
1317@item show copying
1318Display information about permission for copying _GDBN__.
1319
1320@kindex show warranty
1321@item show warranty
1322Display the GNU ``NO WARRANTY'' statement.
1323@end table
1324
1325@node Running, Stopping, Commands, Top
1326@chapter Running Programs Under _GDBN__
1327
1041a570
RP
1328To debug a program, you must run it under _GDBN__.
1329
70b88761 1330@menu
b80282d5
RP
1331* Compilation:: Compiling for Debugging
1332* Starting:: Starting your Program
1333* Arguments:: Your Program's Arguments
1334* Environment:: Your Program's Environment
1335* Working Directory:: Your Program's Working Directory
1336* Input/Output:: Your Program's Input and Output
1337* Attach:: Debugging an Already-Running Process
1338* Kill Process:: Killing the Child Process
d24e0922 1339* Process Information:: Additional Process Information
70b88761
RP
1340@end menu
1341
1342@node Compilation, Starting, Running, Running
1343@section Compiling for Debugging
1344
1345In order to debug a program effectively, you need to generate
1346debugging information when you compile it. This debugging information
1347is stored in the object file; it describes the data type of each
1348variable or function and the correspondence between source line numbers
1349and addresses in the executable code.
1350
1351To request debugging information, specify the @samp{-g} option when you run
1352the compiler.
1353
1354Many C compilers are unable to handle the @samp{-g} and @samp{-O}
1355options together. Using those compilers, you cannot generate optimized
1356executables containing debugging information.
1357
c7cb8acb
RP
1358_GCC__, the GNU C compiler, supports @samp{-g} with or without
1359@samp{-O}, making it possible to debug optimized code. We recommend
1360that you @emph{always} use @samp{-g} whenever you compile a program.
1361You may think your program is correct, but there is no sense in pushing
1362your luck.
70b88761 1363
6ca72cc6
RP
1364@cindex optimized code, debugging
1365@cindex debugging optimized code
1366When you debug a program compiled with @samp{-g -O}, remember that the
1367optimizer is rearranging your code; the debugger will show you what's
1368really there. Don't be too surprised when the execution path doesn't
1369exactly match your source file! An extreme example: if you define a
1370variable, but never use it, _GDBN__ will never see that
1371variable---because the compiler optimizes it out of existence.
1372
70b88761
RP
1373Some things do not work as well with @samp{-g -O} as with just
1374@samp{-g}, particularly on machines with instruction scheduling. If in
1375doubt, recompile with @samp{-g} alone, and if this fixes the problem,
1376please report it as a bug (including a test case!).
1377
1378Older versions of the GNU C compiler permitted a variant option
c7cb8acb 1379@w{@samp{-gg}} for debugging information. _GDBN__ no longer supports this
70b88761
RP
1380format; if your GNU C compiler has this option, do not use it.
1381
1382@ignore
1383@comment As far as I know, there are no cases in which _GDBN__ will
1384@comment produce strange output in this case. (but no promises).
1385If your program includes archives made with the @code{ar} program, and
1386if the object files used as input to @code{ar} were compiled without the
1387@samp{-g} option and have names longer than 15 characters, _GDBN__ will get
29a2b744 1388confused reading your program's symbol table. No error message will be
70b88761
RP
1389given, but _GDBN__ may behave strangely. The reason for this problem is a
1390deficiency in the Unix archive file format, which cannot represent file
1391names longer than 15 characters.
1392
1393To avoid this problem, compile the archive members with the @samp{-g}
1394option or use shorter file names. Alternatively, use a version of GNU
1395@code{ar} dated more recently than August 1989.
1396@end ignore
1397
70b88761
RP
1398@node Starting, Arguments, Compilation, Running
1399@section Starting your Program
1400@cindex starting
1401@cindex running
1041a570 1402
70b88761
RP
1403@table @code
1404@item run
1405@itemx r
1406@kindex run
1041a570
RP
1407Use the @code{run} command to start your program under _GDBN__. You must
1408first specify the program name
e251e767 1409_if__(_VXWORKS__)
7463aadd 1410(except on VxWorks)
70b88761 1411_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
1041a570
RP
1412with an argument to
1413_GDBN__ (@pxref{Invocation, ,Getting In and Out of _GDBN__}), or by using the
1414@code{file} or @code{exec-file} command (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to
1415Specify Files}).
1416
70b88761
RP
1417@end table
1418
29a2b744
RP
1419If you are running your program in an execution environment that
1420supports processes, @code{run} creates an inferior process and makes
1421that process run your program. (In environments without processes,
1422@code{run} jumps to the start of your program.)
70b88761
RP
1423
1424The execution of a program is affected by certain information it
1425receives from its superior. _GDBN__ provides ways to specify this
6ca72cc6 1426information, which you must do @emph{before} starting your program. (You
29a2b744
RP
1427can change it after starting your program, but such changes will only affect
1428your program the next time you start it.) This information may be
70b88761
RP
1429divided into four categories:
1430
1431@table @asis
6ca72cc6 1432@item The @emph{arguments.}
29a2b744 1433Specify the arguments to give your program as the arguments of the
1041a570
RP
1434@code{run} command. If a shell is available on your target, the shell
1435is used to pass the arguments, so that you may use normal conventions
1436(such as wildcard expansion or variable substitution) in describing
1437the arguments. In Unix systems, you can control which shell is used
1438with the @code{SHELL} environment variable. @xref{Arguments, ,Your
1439Program's Arguments}.
70b88761 1440
6ca72cc6 1441@item The @emph{environment.}
70b88761
RP
1442Your program normally inherits its environment from _GDBN__, but you can
1443use the _GDBN__ commands @code{set environment} and @code{unset
1444environment} to change parts of the environment that will be given to
1041a570 1445your program. @xref{Environment, ,Your Program's Environment}.
70b88761 1446
6ca72cc6 1447@item The @emph{working directory.}
70b88761
RP
1448Your program inherits its working directory from _GDBN__. You can set
1449_GDBN__'s working directory with the @code{cd} command in _GDBN__.
29a2b744 1450@xref{Working Directory, ,Your Program's Working Directory}.
70b88761 1451
6ca72cc6 1452@item The @emph{standard input and output.}
70b88761
RP
1453Your program normally uses the same device for standard input and
1454standard output as _GDBN__ is using. You can redirect input and output
1455in the @code{run} command line, or you can use the @code{tty} command to
1456set a different device for your program.
1041a570 1457@xref{Input/Output, ,Your Program's Input and Output}.
3d3ab540
RP
1458
1459@cindex pipes
29a2b744
RP
1460@emph{Warning:} While input and output redirection work, you cannot use
1461pipes to pass the output of the program you are debugging to another
3d3ab540
RP
1462program; if you attempt this, _GDBN__ is likely to wind up debugging the
1463wrong program.
70b88761
RP
1464@end table
1465
29a2b744 1466@c FIXME: Rewrite following paragraph, especially its third sentence.
1041a570
RP
1467When you issue the @code{run} command, your program begins to execute
1468immediately. @xref{Stopping, ,Stopping and Continuing}, for
29a2b744
RP
1469discussion of how to arrange for your program to stop. Once your
1470program has been started by the @code{run} command (and then stopped),
1041a570
RP
1471you may evaluate expressions that involve calls to functions in your
1472program, using the @code{print} or @code{call} commands. @xref{Data,
1473,Examining Data}.
70b88761 1474
29a2b744 1475If the modification time of your symbol file has changed since the
1041a570
RP
1476last time _GDBN__ read its symbols, _GDBN__ will discard its symbol table and
1477re-read it. When it does this, _GDBN__ tries to retain your current
1478breakpoints.
70b88761
RP
1479
1480@node Arguments, Environment, Starting, Running
1481@section Your Program's Arguments
1482
1483@cindex arguments (to your program)
1484The arguments to your program can be specified by the arguments of the
1485@code{run} command. They are passed to a shell, which expands wildcard
29a2b744 1486characters and performs redirection of I/O, and thence to your program.
70b88761
RP
1487_GDBN__ uses the shell indicated by your environment variable
1488@code{SHELL} if it exists; otherwise, _GDBN__ uses @code{/bin/sh}.
1489
1490@code{run} with no arguments uses the same arguments used by the previous
1491@code{run}, or those set by the @code{set args} command.
1492
1493@kindex set args
1494@table @code
1495@item set args
1496Specify the arguments to be used the next time your program is run. If
1497@code{set args} has no arguments, @code{run} will execute your program
e251e767 1498with no arguments. Once you have run your program with arguments,
70b88761
RP
1499using @code{set args} before the next @code{run} is the only way to run
1500it again without arguments.
1501
1502@item show args
1503@kindex show args
1504Show the arguments to give your program when it is started.
1505@end table
1506
1507@node Environment, Working Directory, Arguments, Running
1508@section Your Program's Environment
1509
1510@cindex environment (of your program)
1511The @dfn{environment} consists of a set of environment variables and
1512their values. Environment variables conventionally record such things as
1513your user name, your home directory, your terminal type, and your search
1514path for programs to run. Usually you set up environment variables with
1515the shell and they are inherited by all the other programs you run. When
29a2b744 1516debugging, it can be useful to try running your program with a modified
70b88761
RP
1517environment without having to start _GDBN__ over again.
1518
1519@table @code
1520@item path @var{directory}
1521@kindex path
1522Add @var{directory} to the front of the @code{PATH} environment variable
1523(the search path for executables), for both _GDBN__ and your program.
1524You may specify several directory names, separated by @samp{:} or
1525whitespace. If @var{directory} is already in the path, it is moved to
e251e767 1526the front, so it will be searched sooner.
7463aadd
RP
1527
1528You can use the string @samp{$cwd} to refer to whatever is the current
1529working directory at the time _GDBN__ searches the path. If you use
1530@samp{.} instead, it refers to the directory where you executed the
1531@code{path} command. _GDBN__ fills in the current path where needed in
1532the @var{directory} argument, before adding it to the search path.
29a2b744 1533@c 'path' is explicitly nonrepeatable, but RMS points out it is silly to
70b88761
RP
1534@c document that, since repeating it would be a no-op.
1535
1536@item show paths
1537@kindex show paths
1538Display the list of search paths for executables (the @code{PATH}
1539environment variable).
1540
1541@item show environment @r{[}@var{varname}@r{]}
1542@kindex show environment
1543Print the value of environment variable @var{varname} to be given to
29a2b744 1544your program when it starts. If you do not supply @var{varname},
70b88761
RP
1545print the names and values of all environment variables to be given to
1546your program. You can abbreviate @code{environment} as @code{env}.
1547
7463aadd 1548@item set environment @var{varname} @r{[}=@r{]} @var{value}
70b88761
RP
1549@kindex set environment
1550Sets environment variable @var{varname} to @var{value}. The value
1551changes for your program only, not for _GDBN__ itself. @var{value} may
1552be any string; the values of environment variables are just strings, and
1553any interpretation is supplied by your program itself. The @var{value}
1554parameter is optional; if it is eliminated, the variable is set to a
1555null value.
29a2b744 1556@c "any string" here does not include leading, trailing
70b88761
RP
1557@c blanks. Gnu asks: does anyone care?
1558
1559For example, this command:
1560
1561@example
1562set env USER = foo
1563@end example
1564
1565@noindent
1566tells a Unix program, when subsequently run, that its user is named
1567@samp{foo}. (The spaces around @samp{=} are used for clarity here; they
1568are not actually required.)
1569
1570@item unset environment @var{varname}
1571@kindex unset environment
1572Remove variable @var{varname} from the environment to be passed to your
1573program. This is different from @samp{set env @var{varname} =};
1574@code{unset environment} removes the variable from the environment,
e251e767 1575rather than assigning it an empty value.
70b88761
RP
1576@end table
1577
1578@node Working Directory, Input/Output, Environment, Running
1579@section Your Program's Working Directory
1580
1581@cindex working directory (of your program)
1582Each time you start your program with @code{run}, it inherits its
1583working directory from the current working directory of _GDBN__. _GDBN__'s
1584working directory is initially whatever it inherited from its parent
1585process (typically the shell), but you can specify a new working
1586directory in _GDBN__ with the @code{cd} command.
1587
1588The _GDBN__ working directory also serves as a default for the commands
1041a570
RP
1589that specify files for _GDBN__ to operate on. @xref{Files, ,Commands to
1590Specify Files}.
70b88761
RP
1591
1592@table @code
1593@item cd @var{directory}
1594@kindex cd
1595Set _GDBN__'s working directory to @var{directory}.
1596
1597@item pwd
1598@kindex pwd
1599Print _GDBN__'s working directory.
1600@end table
1601
1602@node Input/Output, Attach, Working Directory, Running
1603@section Your Program's Input and Output
1604
1605@cindex redirection
1606@cindex i/o
1607@cindex terminal
1608By default, the program you run under _GDBN__ does input and output to
1609the same terminal that _GDBN__ uses. _GDBN__ switches the terminal to
1610its own terminal modes to interact with you, but it records the terminal
1611modes your program was using and switches back to them when you continue
1612running your program.
1613
1614@table @code
1615@item info terminal
1616@kindex info terminal
1617Displays _GDBN__'s recorded information about the terminal modes your
1618program is using.
1619@end table
1620
29a2b744 1621You can redirect your program's input and/or output using shell
70b88761
RP
1622redirection with the @code{run} command. For example,
1623
1624_0__@example
1625run > outfile
1626_1__@end example
1627
1628@noindent
29a2b744 1629starts your program, diverting its output to the file @file{outfile}.
70b88761
RP
1630
1631@kindex tty
1632@cindex controlling terminal
29a2b744 1633Another way to specify where your program should do input and output is
70b88761
RP
1634with the @code{tty} command. This command accepts a file name as
1635argument, and causes this file to be the default for future @code{run}
1636commands. It also resets the controlling terminal for the child
1637process, for future @code{run} commands. For example,
1638
1639@example
1640tty /dev/ttyb
1641@end example
1642
1643@noindent
1644directs that processes started with subsequent @code{run} commands
1645default to do input and output on the terminal @file{/dev/ttyb} and have
1646that as their controlling terminal.
1647
1648An explicit redirection in @code{run} overrides the @code{tty} command's
1649effect on the input/output device, but not its effect on the controlling
1650terminal.
1651
1652When you use the @code{tty} command or redirect input in the @code{run}
1653command, only the input @emph{for your program} is affected. The input
1654for _GDBN__ still comes from your terminal.
1655
1656@node Attach, Kill Process, Input/Output, Running
1657@section Debugging an Already-Running Process
1658@kindex attach
1659@cindex attach
1660
1661@table @code
1662@item attach @var{process-id}
1663This command
1664attaches to a running process---one that was started outside _GDBN__.
1665(@code{info files} will show your active targets.) The command takes as
1666argument a process ID. The usual way to find out the process-id of
1667a Unix process is with the @code{ps} utility, or with the @samp{jobs -l}
e251e767 1668shell command.
70b88761
RP
1669
1670@code{attach} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} a second time after
1671executing the command.
1672@end table
1673
1674To use @code{attach}, you must be debugging in an environment which
1675supports processes. You must also have permission to send the process a
1676signal, and it must have the same effective user ID as the _GDBN__
1677process.
1678
1679When using @code{attach}, you should first use the @code{file} command
1680to specify the program running in the process and load its symbol table.
29a2b744 1681@xref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}.
70b88761
RP
1682
1683The first thing _GDBN__ does after arranging to debug the specified
1684process is to stop it. You can examine and modify an attached process
1685with all the _GDBN__ commands that are ordinarily available when you start
1686processes with @code{run}. You can insert breakpoints; you can step and
1687continue; you can modify storage. If you would rather the process
1688continue running, you may use the @code{continue} command after
1689attaching _GDBN__ to the process.
1690
1691@table @code
1692@item detach
1693@kindex detach
1694When you have finished debugging the attached process, you can use the
1695@code{detach} command to release it from _GDBN__'s control. Detaching
1696the process continues its execution. After the @code{detach} command,
1697that process and _GDBN__ become completely independent once more, and you
1698are ready to @code{attach} another process or start one with @code{run}.
1699@code{detach} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after
1700executing the command.
1701@end table
1702
1703If you exit _GDBN__ or use the @code{run} command while you have an attached
1704process, you kill that process. By default, you will be asked for
1705confirmation if you try to do either of these things; you can control
1706whether or not you need to confirm by using the @code{set confirm} command
29a2b744 1707(@pxref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings and Messages}).
70b88761 1708
d24e0922 1709@node Kill Process, Process Information, Attach, Running
70b88761
RP
1710@c @group
1711@section Killing the Child Process
1712
1713@table @code
1714@item kill
1715@kindex kill
1716Kill the child process in which your program is running under _GDBN__.
1717@end table
1718
1719This command is useful if you wish to debug a core dump instead of a
1720running process. _GDBN__ ignores any core dump file while your program
1721is running.
1722@c @end group
1723
29a2b744 1724On some operating systems, a program cannot be executed outside _GDBN__
70b88761 1725while you have breakpoints set on it inside _GDBN__. You can use the
29a2b744 1726@code{kill} command in this situation to permit running your program
70b88761
RP
1727outside the debugger.
1728
1729The @code{kill} command is also useful if you wish to recompile and
29a2b744 1730relink your program, since on many systems it is impossible to modify an
70b88761
RP
1731executable file while it is running in a process. In this case, when you
1732next type @code{run}, _GDBN__ will notice that the file has changed, and
1733will re-read the symbol table (while trying to preserve your current
1734breakpoint settings).
1735
d24e0922
RP
1736@node Process Information, , Kill Process, Running
1737@section Additional Process Information
1738
1739@kindex /proc
1740@cindex process image
1741Some operating systems provide a facility called @samp{/proc} that can
cc9bc574
RP
1742be used to examine the image of a running process using file-system
1743subroutines. If _GDBN__ is configured for an operating system with this
1744facility, the command @code{info proc} is available to report on several
1745kinds of information about the process running your program.
d24e0922
RP
1746
1747@table @code
1748@item info proc
1749@kindex info proc
1750Summarize available information about the process.
1751
1752@item info proc mappings
1753@kindex info proc mappings
1754Report on the address ranges accessible in the program, with information
1755on whether your program may read, write, or execute each range.
1756
1757@item info proc times
1758@kindex info proc times
1759Starting time, user CPU time, and system CPU time for your program and
1760its children.
1761
1762@item info proc id
1763@kindex info proc id
1764Report on the process ID's related to your program: its own process id,
1765the id of its parent, the process group id, and the session id.
1766
1767@item info proc status
1768@kindex info proc status
1769General information on the state of the process. If the process is
1770stopped, this report includes the reason for stopping, and any signal
1771received.
cc9bc574
RP
1772
1773@item info proc all
1774Show all the above information about the process.
d24e0922
RP
1775@end table
1776
70b88761
RP
1777@node Stopping, Stack, Running, Top
1778@chapter Stopping and Continuing
1779
1780The principal purpose of using a debugger is so that you can stop your
29a2b744 1781program before it terminates; or so that, if your program runs into
70b88761
RP
1782trouble, you can investigate and find out why.
1783
1784Inside _GDBN__, your program may stop for any of several reasons, such
1785as a signal, a breakpoint, or reaching a new line after a _GDBN__
1786command such as @code{step}. You may then examine and change
1787variables, set new breakpoints or remove old ones, and then continue
1788execution. Usually, the messages shown by _GDBN__ provide ample
1789explanation of the status of your program---but you can also explicitly
1790request this information at any time.
1791
1792@table @code
1793@item info program
1794@kindex info program
1795Display information about the status of your program: whether it is
1796running or not, what process it is, and why it stopped.
1797@end table
1798
1799@menu
b80282d5
RP
1800* Breakpoints:: Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
1801* Continuing and Stepping:: Resuming Execution
1802* Signals:: Signals
70b88761
RP
1803@end menu
1804
3d3ab540 1805@node Breakpoints, Continuing and Stepping, Stopping, Stopping
70b88761
RP
1806@section Breakpoints, Watchpoints, and Exceptions
1807
1808@cindex breakpoints
1809A @dfn{breakpoint} makes your program stop whenever a certain point in
1041a570 1810the program is reached. For each breakpoint, you can add various
29a2b744 1811conditions to control in finer detail whether your program will stop.
70b88761 1812You can set breakpoints with the @code{break} command and its variants
29a2b744
RP
1813(@pxref{Set Breaks, ,Setting Breakpoints}), to specify the place where
1814your program should stop by line number, function name or exact address
1041a570 1815in the program. In languages with exception handling (such as GNU
29a2b744 1816C++), you can also set breakpoints where an exception is raised
1041a570 1817(@pxref{Exception Handling, ,Breakpoints and Exceptions}).
70b88761
RP
1818
1819@cindex watchpoints
6ca72cc6
RP
1820@cindex memory tracing
1821@cindex breakpoint on memory address
1822@cindex breakpoint on variable modification
29a2b744
RP
1823A @dfn{watchpoint} is a special breakpoint that stops your program
1824when the value of an expression changes. You must use a different
1825command to set watchpoints (@pxref{Set Watchpoints, ,Setting
1826Watchpoints}), but aside from that, you can manage a watchpoint like
1827any other breakpoint: you enable, disable, and delete both breakpoints
1041a570 1828and watchpoints using the same commands.
70b88761 1829
6ca72cc6
RP
1830@cindex breakpoint numbers
1831@cindex numbers for breakpoints
1832_GDBN__ assigns a number to each breakpoint or watchpoint when you
1833create it; these numbers are successive integers starting with one. In
1834many of the commands for controlling various features of breakpoints you
1835use the breakpoint number to say which breakpoint you want to change.
1836Each breakpoint may be @dfn{enabled} or @dfn{disabled}; if disabled, it has
29a2b744 1837no effect on your program until you enable it again.
70b88761
RP
1838
1839@menu
b80282d5
RP
1840* Set Breaks:: Setting Breakpoints
1841* Set Watchpoints:: Setting Watchpoints
1842* Exception Handling:: Breakpoints and Exceptions
1843* Delete Breaks:: Deleting Breakpoints
1844* Disabling:: Disabling Breakpoints
1845* Conditions:: Break Conditions
1846* Break Commands:: Breakpoint Command Lists
1847* Breakpoint Menus:: Breakpoint Menus
e251e767 1848* Error in Breakpoints::
70b88761
RP
1849@end menu
1850
1851@node Set Breaks, Set Watchpoints, Breakpoints, Breakpoints
1852@subsection Setting Breakpoints
1853
4906534f
RP
1854@c FIXME LMB what does GDB do if no code on line of breakpt?
1855@c consider in particular declaration with/without initialization.
1856@c
1857@c FIXME 2 is there stuff on this already? break at fun start, already init?
1858
70b88761
RP
1859@kindex break
1860@kindex b
6ca72cc6
RP
1861@kindex $bpnum
1862@cindex latest breakpoint
1863Breakpoints are set with the @code{break} command (abbreviated
1864@code{b}). The debugger convenience variable @samp{$bpnum} records the
1865number of the beakpoint you've set most recently; see @ref{Convenience
d24e0922 1866Vars,, Convenience Variables}, for a discussion of what you can do with
6ca72cc6 1867convenience variables.
70b88761
RP
1868
1869You have several ways to say where the breakpoint should go.
1870
1871@table @code
1872@item break @var{function}
1873Set a breakpoint at entry to function @var{function}. When using source
1874languages that permit overloading of symbols, such as C++,
1875@var{function} may refer to more than one possible place to break.
1876@xref{Breakpoint Menus}, for a discussion of that situation.
1877
1878@item break +@var{offset}
1879@itemx break -@var{offset}
1880Set a breakpoint some number of lines forward or back from the position
1881at which execution stopped in the currently selected frame.
1882
1883@item break @var{linenum}
1884Set a breakpoint at line @var{linenum} in the current source file.
1885That file is the last file whose source text was printed. This
29a2b744 1886breakpoint will stop your program just before it executes any of the
70b88761
RP
1887code on that line.
1888
1889@item break @var{filename}:@var{linenum}
1890Set a breakpoint at line @var{linenum} in source file @var{filename}.
1891
1892@item break @var{filename}:@var{function}
1893Set a breakpoint at entry to function @var{function} found in file
1894@var{filename}. Specifying a file name as well as a function name is
1895superfluous except when multiple files contain similarly named
1896functions.
1897
1898@item break *@var{address}
1899Set a breakpoint at address @var{address}. You can use this to set
29a2b744 1900breakpoints in parts of your program which do not have debugging
70b88761
RP
1901information or source files.
1902
1903@item break
29a2b744
RP
1904When called without any arguments, @code{break} sets a breakpoint at
1905the next instruction to be executed in the selected stack frame
1906(@pxref{Stack, ,Examining the Stack}). In any selected frame but the
1907innermost, this will cause your program to stop as soon as control
1908returns to that frame. This is similar to the effect of a
1909@code{finish} command in the frame inside the selected frame---except
1910that @code{finish} does not leave an active breakpoint. If you use
1041a570
RP
1911@code{break} without an argument in the innermost frame, _GDBN__ will stop
1912the next time it reaches the current location; this may be useful
1913inside loops.
70b88761
RP
1914
1915_GDBN__ normally ignores breakpoints when it resumes execution, until at
1916least one instruction has been executed. If it did not do this, you
1917would be unable to proceed past a breakpoint without first disabling the
1918breakpoint. This rule applies whether or not the breakpoint already
29a2b744 1919existed when your program stopped.
70b88761
RP
1920
1921@item break @dots{} if @var{cond}
1922Set a breakpoint with condition @var{cond}; evaluate the expression
1923@var{cond} each time the breakpoint is reached, and stop only if the
3d3ab540 1924value is nonzero---that is, if @var{cond} evaluates as true.
1041a570
RP
1925@samp{@dots{}} stands for one of the possible arguments described
1926above (or no argument) specifying where to break. @xref{Conditions,
1927,Break Conditions}, for more information on breakpoint conditions.
70b88761
RP
1928
1929@item tbreak @var{args}
1930@kindex tbreak
1931Set a breakpoint enabled only for one stop. @var{args} are the
1932same as for the @code{break} command, and the breakpoint is set in the same
29a2b744
RP
1933way, but the breakpoint is automatically disabled after the first time your
1934program stops there. @xref{Disabling, ,Disabling Breakpoints}.
70b88761
RP
1935
1936@item rbreak @var{regex}
1937@kindex rbreak
1938@cindex regular expression
4906534f 1939@c FIXME what kind of regexp?
70b88761 1940Set breakpoints on all functions matching the regular expression
b80282d5 1941@var{regex}. This command
70b88761
RP
1942sets an unconditional breakpoint on all matches, printing a list of all
1943breakpoints it set. Once these breakpoints are set, they are treated
1944just like the breakpoints set with the @code{break} command. They can
1945be deleted, disabled, made conditional, etc., in the standard ways.
1946
b80282d5
RP
1947When debugging C++ programs, @code{rbreak} is useful for setting
1948breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any special
1949classes.
1950
70b88761 1951@kindex info breakpoints
c338a2fd 1952@cindex @code{$_} and @code{info breakpoints}
70b88761 1953@item info breakpoints @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
6ca72cc6
RP
1954@itemx info break @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
1955@itemx info watchpoints @r{[}@var{n}@r{]}
1956Print a table of all breakpoints and watchpoints set and not
1957deleted, with the following columns for each breakpoint:
1958
1959@table @emph
1960@item Breakpoint Numbers
1961@item Type
1962Breakpoint or watchpoint.
1963@item Disposition
1964Whether the breakpoint is marked to be disabled or deleted when hit.
1965@item Enabled or Disabled
d24e0922 1966Enabled breakpoints are marked with @samp{y}. @samp{n} marks breakpoints
6ca72cc6
RP
1967that are not enabled.
1968@item Address
1969Where the breakpoint is in your program, as a memory address
1970@item What
1971Where the breakpoint is in the source for your program, as a file and
1972line number.
1973@end table
1974
1975@noindent
1976Breakpoint commands, if any, are listed after the line for the
1977corresponding breakpoint.
1978
1979@noindent
1980@code{info break} with a breakpoint
29a2b744
RP
1981number @var{n} as argument lists only that breakpoint. The
1982convenience variable @code{$_} and the default examining-address for
1983the @code{x} command are set to the address of the last breakpoint
6ca72cc6 1984listed (@pxref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}).
1041a570 1985@end table
70b88761 1986
1041a570
RP
1987_GDBN__ allows you to set any number of breakpoints at the same place in
1988your program. There is nothing silly or meaningless about this. When
1989the breakpoints are conditional, this is even useful
29a2b744 1990(@pxref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions}).
70b88761 1991
6ca72cc6
RP
1992@cindex negative breakpoint numbers
1993@cindex internal _GDBN__ breakpoints
1994_GDBN__ itself sometimes sets breakpoints in your program for special
1995purposes, such as proper handling of @code{longjmp} (in C programs).
1996These internal breakpoints are assigned negative numbers, starting with
1997@code{-1}; @samp{info breakpoints} does not display them, but the
1998similar command @samp{info all-breakpoints} does.
1999
2000@table @code
2001@kindex all-breakpoints
2002@item info all-breakpoints
2003Using the same format as @samp{info breakpoints}, display both the
2004breakpoints you've set explicitly, and those _GDBN__ is using for
2005internal purposes. Internal breakpoints are shown with negative
2006breakpoint numbers. The type column identifies what kind of breakpoint
2007is shown:
2008
2009@table @code
2010@item breakpoint
2011Normal, explicitly set breakpoint.
2012
2013@item watchpoint
2014Normal, explicitly set watchpoint.
2015
2016@item longjmp
2017Internal breakpoint, used to handle correctly stepping through
2018@code{longjmp} calls.
2019
2020@item longjmp resume
2021Internal breakpoint at the target of a @code{longjmp}.
2022
2023@item until
2024Temporary internal breakpoint used by the _GDBN__ @code{until} command.
2025
2026@item finish
2027Temporary internal breakpoint used by the _GDBN__ @code{finish} command.
2028@end table
2029
2030@end table
2031
2032
70b88761
RP
2033@node Set Watchpoints, Exception Handling, Set Breaks, Breakpoints
2034@subsection Setting Watchpoints
2035@cindex setting watchpoints
1041a570 2036
70b88761 2037You can use a watchpoint to stop execution whenever the value of an
e251e767 2038expression changes, without having to predict a particular place
70b88761
RP
2039where this may happen.
2040
2041Watchpoints currently execute two orders of magnitude more slowly than
2042other breakpoints, but this can well be worth it to catch errors where
2043you have no clue what part of your program is the culprit. Some
2044processors provide special hardware to support watchpoint evaluation; future
2045releases of _GDBN__ will use such hardware if it is available.
2046
2047@table @code
e251e767 2048@kindex watch
70b88761
RP
2049@item watch @var{expr}
2050Set a watchpoint for an expression.
2051
2052@kindex info watchpoints
2053@item info watchpoints
6ca72cc6
RP
2054This command prints a list of watchpoints and breakpoints; it is the
2055same as @code{info break}.
70b88761
RP
2056@end table
2057
2058@node Exception Handling, Delete Breaks, Set Watchpoints, Breakpoints
2059@subsection Breakpoints and Exceptions
2060@cindex exception handlers
2061
b80282d5 2062Some languages, such as GNU C++, implement exception handling. You can
29a2b744
RP
2063use _GDBN__ to examine what caused your program to raise an exception,
2064and to list the exceptions your program is prepared to handle at a
70b88761
RP
2065given point in time.
2066
2067@table @code
2068@item catch @var{exceptions}
2069@kindex catch
2070You can set breakpoints at active exception handlers by using the
2071@code{catch} command. @var{exceptions} is a list of names of exceptions
2072to catch.
2073@end table
2074
29a2b744
RP
2075You can use @code{info catch} to list active exception handlers.
2076@xref{Frame Info, ,Information About a Frame}.
70b88761
RP
2077
2078There are currently some limitations to exception handling in _GDBN__.
2079These will be corrected in a future release.
2080
2081@itemize @bullet
2082@item
2083If you call a function interactively, _GDBN__ normally returns
2084control to you when the function has finished executing. If the call
2085raises an exception, however, the call may bypass the mechanism that
29a2b744 2086returns control to you and cause your program to simply continue
70b88761
RP
2087running until it hits a breakpoint, catches a signal that _GDBN__ is
2088listening for, or exits.
2089@item
2090You cannot raise an exception interactively.
2091@item
2092You cannot interactively install an exception handler.
2093@end itemize
2094
2095@cindex raise exceptions
2096Sometimes @code{catch} is not the best way to debug exception handling:
29a2b744 2097if you need to know exactly where an exception is raised, it is better to
70b88761
RP
2098stop @emph{before} the exception handler is called, since that way you
2099can see the stack before any unwinding takes place. If you set a
2100breakpoint in an exception handler instead, it may not be easy to find
2101out where the exception was raised.
2102
2103To stop just before an exception handler is called, you need some
b80282d5 2104knowledge of the implementation. In the case of GNU C++, exceptions are
70b88761
RP
2105raised by calling a library function named @code{__raise_exception}
2106which has the following ANSI C interface:
2107
2108@example
b80282d5 2109 /* @var{addr} is where the exception identifier is stored.
70b88761
RP
2110 ID is the exception identifier. */
2111 void __raise_exception (void **@var{addr}, void *@var{id});
2112@end example
2113
2114@noindent
2115To make the debugger catch all exceptions before any stack
2116unwinding takes place, set a breakpoint on @code{__raise_exception}
29a2b744 2117(@pxref{Breakpoints, ,Breakpoints Watchpoints and Exceptions}).
70b88761 2118
29a2b744
RP
2119With a conditional breakpoint (@pxref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions})
2120that depends on the value of @var{id}, you can stop your program when
2121a specific exception is raised. You can use multiple conditional
2122breakpoints to stop your program when any of a number of exceptions are
2123raised.
70b88761
RP
2124
2125@node Delete Breaks, Disabling, Exception Handling, Breakpoints
2126@subsection Deleting Breakpoints
2127
2128@cindex clearing breakpoints, watchpoints
2129@cindex deleting breakpoints, watchpoints
2130It is often necessary to eliminate a breakpoint or watchpoint once it
29a2b744 2131has done its job and you no longer want your program to stop there. This
70b88761
RP
2132is called @dfn{deleting} the breakpoint. A breakpoint that has been
2133deleted no longer exists; it is forgotten.
2134
2135With the @code{clear} command you can delete breakpoints according to
29a2b744 2136where they are in your program. With the @code{delete} command you can
70b88761
RP
2137delete individual breakpoints or watchpoints by specifying their
2138breakpoint numbers.
2139
2140It is not necessary to delete a breakpoint to proceed past it. _GDBN__
2141automatically ignores breakpoints on the first instruction to be executed
2142when you continue execution without changing the execution address.
2143
2144@table @code
2145@item clear
2146@kindex clear
2147Delete any breakpoints at the next instruction to be executed in the
29a2b744
RP
2148selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}). When
2149the innermost frame is selected, this is a good way to delete a
2150breakpoint where your program just stopped.
70b88761
RP
2151
2152@item clear @var{function}
2153@itemx clear @var{filename}:@var{function}
2154Delete any breakpoints set at entry to the function @var{function}.
2155
2156@item clear @var{linenum}
2157@itemx clear @var{filename}:@var{linenum}
2158Delete any breakpoints set at or within the code of the specified line.
2159
2160@item delete @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]}
2161@cindex delete breakpoints
2162@kindex delete
2163@kindex d
2164Delete the breakpoints or watchpoints of the numbers specified as
2165arguments. If no argument is specified, delete all breakpoints (_GDBN__
1041a570 2166asks confirmation, unless you have @code{set confirm off}). You
70b88761
RP
2167can abbreviate this command as @code{d}.
2168@end table
2169
2170@node Disabling, Conditions, Delete Breaks, Breakpoints
2171@subsection Disabling Breakpoints
2172
2173@cindex disabled breakpoints
2174@cindex enabled breakpoints
2175Rather than deleting a breakpoint or watchpoint, you might prefer to
2176@dfn{disable} it. This makes the breakpoint inoperative as if it had
2177been deleted, but remembers the information on the breakpoint so that
2178you can @dfn{enable} it again later.
2179
2180You disable and enable breakpoints and watchpoints with the
2181@code{enable} and @code{disable} commands, optionally specifying one or
2182more breakpoint numbers as arguments. Use @code{info break} or
2183@code{info watch} to print a list of breakpoints or watchpoints if you
29a2b744 2184do not know which numbers to use.
70b88761
RP
2185
2186A breakpoint or watchpoint can have any of four different states of
2187enablement:
2188
2189@itemize @bullet
2190@item
29a2b744 2191Enabled. The breakpoint will stop your program. A breakpoint set
70b88761
RP
2192with the @code{break} command starts out in this state.
2193@item
29a2b744 2194Disabled. The breakpoint has no effect on your program.
70b88761 2195@item
29a2b744 2196Enabled once. The breakpoint will stop your program, but
70b88761
RP
2197when it does so it will become disabled. A breakpoint set
2198with the @code{tbreak} command starts out in this state.
2199@item
29a2b744 2200Enabled for deletion. The breakpoint will stop your program, but
70b88761
RP
2201immediately after it does so it will be deleted permanently.
2202@end itemize
2203
2204You can use the following commands to enable or disable breakpoints and
2205watchpoints:
2206
2207@table @code
2208@item disable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]}
2209@kindex disable breakpoints
2210@kindex disable
2211@kindex dis
2212Disable the specified breakpoints---or all breakpoints, if none are
2213listed. A disabled breakpoint has no effect but is not forgotten. All
2214options such as ignore-counts, conditions and commands are remembered in
2215case the breakpoint is enabled again later. You may abbreviate
2216@code{disable} as @code{dis}.
2217
2218@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} @r{[}@var{bnums}@dots{}@r{]}
2219@kindex enable breakpoints
2220@kindex enable
2221Enable the specified breakpoints (or all defined breakpoints). They
29a2b744 2222become effective once again in stopping your program.
70b88761
RP
2223
2224@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} once @var{bnums}@dots{}
2225Enable the specified breakpoints temporarily. Each will be disabled
29a2b744 2226again the next time it stops your program.
70b88761
RP
2227
2228@item enable @r{[}breakpoints@r{]} delete @var{bnums}@dots{}
2229Enable the specified breakpoints to work once and then die. Each of
29a2b744 2230the breakpoints will be deleted the next time it stops your program.
70b88761
RP
2231@end table
2232
29a2b744
RP
2233Save for a breakpoint set with @code{tbreak} (@pxref{Set Breaks,
2234,Setting Breakpoints}), breakpoints that you set are initially
2235enabled; subsequently, they become disabled or enabled only when you
2236use one of the commands above. (The command @code{until} can set and
2237delete a breakpoint of its own, but it will not change the state of
98fe4566 2238your other breakpoints; see @ref{Continuing and Stepping, ,Continuing and Stepping}.)
70b88761
RP
2239
2240@node Conditions, Break Commands, Disabling, Breakpoints
2241@subsection Break Conditions
2242@cindex conditional breakpoints
2243@cindex breakpoint conditions
2244
4906534f
RP
2245@c FIXME what is scope of break condition expr? Context where wanted?
2246@c in particular for a watchpoint?
29a2b744 2247The simplest sort of breakpoint breaks every time your program reaches a
70b88761
RP
2248specified place. You can also specify a @dfn{condition} for a
2249breakpoint. A condition is just a Boolean expression in your
1041a570
RP
2250programming language (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). A breakpoint with
2251a condition evaluates the expression each time your program reaches it,
2252and your program stops only if the condition is @emph{true}.
3d3ab540
RP
2253
2254This is the converse of using assertions for program validation; in that
2255situation, you want to stop when the assertion is violated---that is,
2256when the condition is false. In C, if you want to test an assertion expressed
e251e767 2257by the condition @var{assert}, you should set the condition
3d3ab540 2258@samp{! @var{assert}} on the appropriate breakpoint.
70b88761
RP
2259
2260Conditions are also accepted for watchpoints; you may not need them,
2261since a watchpoint is inspecting the value of an expression anyhow---but
2262it might be simpler, say, to just set a watchpoint on a variable name,
2263and specify a condition that tests whether the new value is an interesting
e251e767 2264one.
70b88761 2265
29a2b744 2266Break conditions can have side effects, and may even call functions in
70b88761 2267your program. This can be useful, for example, to activate functions
29a2b744
RP
2268that log program progress, or to use your own print functions to
2269format special data structures. The effects are completely predictable
2270unless there is another enabled breakpoint at the same address. (In
2271that case, _GDBN__ might see the other breakpoint first and stop your
2272program without checking the condition of this one.) Note that
2273breakpoint commands are usually more convenient and flexible for the
2274purpose of performing side effects when a breakpoint is reached
2275(@pxref{Break Commands, ,Breakpoint Command Lists}).
70b88761
RP
2276
2277Break conditions can be specified when a breakpoint is set, by using
29a2b744
RP
2278@samp{if} in the arguments to the @code{break} command. @xref{Set
2279Breaks, ,Setting Breakpoints}. They can also be changed at any time
2280with the @code{condition} command. The @code{watch} command does not
2281recognize the @code{if} keyword; @code{condition} is the only way to
2282impose a further condition on a watchpoint.
70b88761 2283
e251e767
RP
2284@table @code
2285@item condition @var{bnum} @var{expression}
2286@kindex condition
70b88761
RP
2287Specify @var{expression} as the break condition for breakpoint or
2288watchpoint number @var{bnum}. From now on, this breakpoint will stop
29a2b744 2289your program only if the value of @var{expression} is true (nonzero, in
70b88761
RP
2290C). When you use @code{condition}, _GDBN__ checks @var{expression}
2291immediately for syntactic correctness, and to determine whether symbols
1041a570 2292in it have referents in the context of your breakpoint.
29a2b744 2293@c FIXME so what does GDB do if there is no referent? Moreover, what
4906534f
RP
2294@c about watchpoints?
2295_GDBN__ does
70b88761 2296not actually evaluate @var{expression} at the time the @code{condition}
1041a570 2297command is given, however. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.
70b88761
RP
2298
2299@item condition @var{bnum}
2300Remove the condition from breakpoint number @var{bnum}. It becomes
2301an ordinary unconditional breakpoint.
2302@end table
2303
2304@cindex ignore count (of breakpoint)
2305A special case of a breakpoint condition is to stop only when the
2306breakpoint has been reached a certain number of times. This is so
2307useful that there is a special way to do it, using the @dfn{ignore
2308count} of the breakpoint. Every breakpoint has an ignore count, which
2309is an integer. Most of the time, the ignore count is zero, and
29a2b744 2310therefore has no effect. But if your program reaches a breakpoint whose
70b88761
RP
2311ignore count is positive, then instead of stopping, it just decrements
2312the ignore count by one and continues. As a result, if the ignore count
2313value is @var{n}, the breakpoint will not stop the next @var{n} times it
2314is reached.
2315
2316@table @code
2317@item ignore @var{bnum} @var{count}
2318@kindex ignore
2319Set the ignore count of breakpoint number @var{bnum} to @var{count}.
2320The next @var{count} times the breakpoint is reached, your program's
2321execution will not stop; other than to decrement the ignore count, _GDBN__
2322takes no action.
2323
2324To make the breakpoint stop the next time it is reached, specify
2325a count of zero.
2326
2327@item continue @var{count}
2328@itemx c @var{count}
2329@itemx fg @var{count}
2330@kindex continue @var{count}
29a2b744
RP
2331Continue execution of your program, setting the ignore count of the
2332breakpoint where your program stopped to @var{count} minus one.
2333Thus, your program will not stop at this breakpoint until the
70b88761
RP
2334@var{count}'th time it is reached.
2335
29a2b744 2336An argument to this command is meaningful only when your program stopped
70b88761
RP
2337due to a breakpoint. At other times, the argument to @code{continue} is
2338ignored.
2339
2340The synonym @code{fg} is provided purely for convenience, and has
2341exactly the same behavior as other forms of the command.
2342@end table
2343
2344If a breakpoint has a positive ignore count and a condition, the condition
2345is not checked. Once the ignore count reaches zero, the condition will
2346be checked.
2347
29a2b744 2348You could achieve the effect of the ignore count with a condition such
1041a570
RP
2349as _0__@w{@samp{$foo-- <= 0}}_1__ using a debugger convenience variable that
2350is decremented each time. @xref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience
2351Variables}.
70b88761
RP
2352
2353@node Break Commands, Breakpoint Menus, Conditions, Breakpoints
2354@subsection Breakpoint Command Lists
2355
2356@cindex breakpoint commands
2357You can give any breakpoint (or watchpoint) a series of commands to
29a2b744 2358execute when your program stops due to that breakpoint. For example, you
70b88761
RP
2359might want to print the values of certain expressions, or enable other
2360breakpoints.
2361
2362@table @code
2363@item commands @r{[}@var{bnum}@r{]}
2364@itemx @dots{} @var{command-list} @dots{}
2365@itemx end
2366@kindex commands
2367@kindex end
2368Specify a list of commands for breakpoint number @var{bnum}. The commands
2369themselves appear on the following lines. Type a line containing just
2370@code{end} to terminate the commands.
2371
203eea5d
RP
2372To remove all commands from a breakpoint, type @code{commands} and
2373follow it immediately with @code{end}; that is, give no commands.
70b88761
RP
2374
2375With no @var{bnum} argument, @code{commands} refers to the last
2376breakpoint or watchpoint set (not to the breakpoint most recently
2377encountered).
2378@end table
2379
2380Pressing @key{RET} as a means of repeating the last _GDBN__ command is
2381disabled within a @var{command-list}.
2382
29a2b744 2383You can use breakpoint commands to start your program up again. Simply
70b88761
RP
2384use the @code{continue} command, or @code{step}, or any other command
2385that resumes execution. Subsequent commands in the command list are
2386ignored.
2387
2388@kindex silent
2389If the first command specified is @code{silent}, the usual message about
2390stopping at a breakpoint is not printed. This may be desirable for
2391breakpoints that are to print a specific message and then continue.
2392If the remaining commands too print nothing, you will see no sign that
e251e767 2393the breakpoint was reached at all. @code{silent} is meaningful only
70b88761
RP
2394at the beginning of a breakpoint command list.
2395
29a2b744
RP
2396The commands @code{echo} and @code{output} that allow you to print
2397precisely controlled output are often useful in silent breakpoints.
2398@xref{Output, ,Commands for Controlled Output}.
70b88761
RP
2399
2400For example, here is how you could use breakpoint commands to print the
2401value of @code{x} at entry to @code{foo} whenever @code{x} is positive.
2402
2403_0__@example
2404break foo if x>0
2405commands
2406silent
2407echo x is\040
2408output x
2409echo \n
2410cont
2411end
2412_1__@end example
2413
2414One application for breakpoint commands is to compensate for one bug so
2415you can test for another. Put a breakpoint just after the erroneous line
2416of code, give it a condition to detect the case in which something
2417erroneous has been done, and give it commands to assign correct values
2418to any variables that need them. End with the @code{continue} command
29a2b744 2419so that your program does not stop, and start with the @code{silent}
70b88761
RP
2420command so that no output is produced. Here is an example:
2421
2422@example
2423break 403
2424commands
2425silent
2426set x = y + 4
2427cont
2428end
2429@end example
2430
2431@cindex lost output
2432One deficiency in the operation of automatically continuing breakpoints
2433under Unix appears when your program uses raw mode for the terminal.
2434_GDBN__ switches back to its own terminal modes (not raw) before executing
2435commands, and then must switch back to raw mode when your program is
e251e767 2436continued. This causes any pending terminal input to be lost.
70b88761
RP
2437@c FIXME: revisit below when GNU sys avail.
2438@c In the GNU system, this will be fixed by changing the behavior of
2439@c terminal modes.
2440
2441Under Unix, you can get around this problem by writing actions into
2442the breakpoint condition rather than in commands. For example
2443
2444@example
2445condition 5 (x = y + 4), 0
2446@end example
2447
2448@noindent
1041a570
RP
2449specifies a condition expression (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}) that will
2450change @code{x} as needed, then always have the value zero so your
2451program will not stop. No input is lost here, because _GDBN__ evaluates
2452break conditions without changing the terminal modes. When you want
2453to have nontrivial conditions for performing the side effects, the
2454operators @samp{&&}, @samp{||} and @samp{?@dots{}:} may be useful.
70b88761
RP
2455
2456@node Breakpoint Menus, Error in Breakpoints, Break Commands, Breakpoints
2457@subsection Breakpoint Menus
b80282d5 2458@cindex overloading
e251e767 2459@cindex symbol overloading
70b88761
RP
2460
2461Some programming languages (notably C++) permit a single function name
2462to be defined several times, for application in different contexts.
2463This is called @dfn{overloading}. When a function name is overloaded,
2464@samp{break @var{function}} is not enough to tell _GDBN__ where you
2465want a breakpoint. _GDBN__ offers you a menu of numbered choices for
2466different possible breakpoints, and waits for your selection with the
2467prompt @samp{>}. The first two options are always @samp{[0] cancel}
2468and @samp{[1] all}. Typing @kbd{1} sets a breakpoint at each
2469definition of @var{function}, and typing @kbd{0} aborts the
2470@code{break} command without setting any new breakpoints.
2471
2472For example, the following session excerpt shows an attempt to set a
e251e767 2473breakpoint at the overloaded symbol @code{String::after}.
70b88761
RP
2474We choose three particular definitions of that function name:
2475
2476@example
2477(_GDBP__) b String::after
2478[0] cancel
2479[1] all
2480[2] file:String.cc; line number:867
2481[3] file:String.cc; line number:860
2482[4] file:String.cc; line number:875
2483[5] file:String.cc; line number:853
2484[6] file:String.cc; line number:846
2485[7] file:String.cc; line number:735
2486> 2 4 6
2487Breakpoint 1 at 0xb26c: file String.cc, line 867.
2488Breakpoint 2 at 0xb344: file String.cc, line 875.
2489Breakpoint 3 at 0xafcc: file String.cc, line 846.
2490Multiple breakpoints were set.
2491Use the "delete" command to delete unwanted breakpoints.
e251e767 2492(_GDBP__)
70b88761
RP
2493@end example
2494
70b88761
RP
2495@node Error in Breakpoints, , Breakpoint Menus, Breakpoints
2496@subsection ``Cannot Insert Breakpoints''
2497
e251e767 2498@c FIXME: "cannot insert breakpoints" error, v unclear.
70b88761 2499@c Q in pending mail to Gilmore. ---pesch@cygnus.com, 26mar91
e251e767 2500@c some light may be shed by looking at instances of
d24e0922 2501@c ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT. But error message seems possible otherwise
c338a2fd 2502@c too. pesch, 20sep91
70b88761
RP
2503Under some operating systems, breakpoints cannot be used in a program if
2504any other process is running that program. In this situation,
2505attempting to run or continue a program with a breakpoint causes _GDBN__
2506to stop the other process.
2507
2508When this happens, you have three ways to proceed:
2509
2510@enumerate
2511@item
2512Remove or disable the breakpoints, then continue.
2513
2514@item
29a2b744 2515Suspend _GDBN__, and copy the file containing your program to a new name.
70b88761 2516Resume _GDBN__ and use the @code{exec-file} command to specify that _GDBN__
29a2b744 2517should run your program under that name. Then start your program again.
70b88761
RP
2518
2519@c FIXME: RMS commented here "Show example". Maybe when someone
2520@c explains the first FIXME: in this section...
2521
2522@item
29a2b744 2523Relink your program so that the text segment is nonsharable, using the
70b88761
RP
2524linker option @samp{-N}. The operating system limitation may not apply
2525to nonsharable executables.
2526@end enumerate
2527
3d3ab540
RP
2528@node Continuing and Stepping, Signals, Breakpoints, Stopping
2529@section Continuing and Stepping
70b88761
RP
2530
2531@cindex stepping
7463aadd
RP
2532@cindex continuing
2533@cindex resuming execution
3d3ab540 2534@dfn{Continuing} means resuming program execution until your program
cedaf8bc
RP
2535completes normally. In contrast, @dfn{stepping} means executing just
2536one more ``step'' of your program, where ``step'' may mean either one
2537line of source code, or one machine instruction (depending on what
2538particular command you use). Either when continuing
29a2b744 2539or when stepping, your program may stop even sooner, due to a breakpoint
cedaf8bc 2540or to a signal. (If due to a signal, you may want to use @code{handle},
1041a570 2541or use @samp{signal 0} to resume execution. @xref{Signals, ,Signals}.)
3d3ab540
RP
2542
2543@table @code
2544@item continue @r{[}@var{ignore-count}@r{]}
2545@kindex continue
29a2b744 2546Resume program execution, at the address where your program last stopped;
3d3ab540
RP
2547any breakpoints set at that address are bypassed. The optional argument
2548@var{ignore-count} allows you to specify a further number of times to
2549ignore a breakpoint at this location; its effect is like that of
29a2b744 2550@code{ignore} (@pxref{Conditions, ,Break Conditions}).
3d3ab540
RP
2551
2552To resume execution at a different place, you can use @code{return}
29a2b744
RP
2553(@pxref{Returning, ,Returning from a Function}) to go back to the
2554calling function; or @code{jump} (@pxref{Jumping, ,Continuing at a
1041a570 2555Different Address}) to go to an arbitrary location in your program.
3d3ab540 2556@end table
7463aadd
RP
2557
2558A typical technique for using stepping is to set a breakpoint
29a2b744
RP
2559(@pxref{Breakpoints, ,Breakpoints Watchpoints and Exceptions}) at the
2560beginning of the function or the section of your program where a
2561problem is believed to lie, run your program until it stops at that
2562breakpoint, and then step through the suspect area, examining the
2563variables that are interesting, until you see the problem happen.
70b88761
RP
2564
2565@table @code
2566@item step
2567@kindex step
2568@kindex s
29a2b744 2569Continue running your program until control reaches a different source
7463aadd 2570line, then stop it and return control to _GDBN__. This command is
70b88761
RP
2571abbreviated @code{s}.
2572
3d3ab540
RP
2573@quotation
2574@emph{Warning:} If you use the @code{step} command while control is
2575within a function that was compiled without debugging information,
2576execution will proceed until control reaches another function.
2577@end quotation
70b88761
RP
2578
2579@item step @var{count}
2580Continue running as in @code{step}, but do so @var{count} times. If a
2581breakpoint is reached or a signal not related to stepping occurs before
2582@var{count} steps, stepping stops right away.
2583
7463aadd 2584@item next @r{[}@var{count}@r{]}
70b88761
RP
2585@kindex next
2586@kindex n
7463aadd
RP
2587Continue to the next source line in the current (innermost) stack frame.
2588Similar to @code{step}, but any function calls appearing within the line
2589of code are executed without stopping. Execution stops when control
2590reaches a different line of code at the stack level which was executing
2591when the @code{next} command was given. This command is abbreviated
2592@code{n}.
70b88761 2593
7463aadd 2594An argument @var{count} is a repeat count, as for @code{step}.
70b88761
RP
2595
2596@code{next} within a function that lacks debugging information acts like
2597@code{step}, but any function calls appearing within the code of the
2598function are executed without stopping.
2599
2600@item finish
2601@kindex finish
7463aadd
RP
2602Continue running until just after function in the selected stack frame
2603returns. Print the returned value (if any).
70b88761 2604
29a2b744 2605Contrast this with the @code{return} command (@pxref{Returning,
1041a570 2606,Returning from a Function}).
70b88761
RP
2607
2608@item until
2609@kindex until
2610@item u
2611@kindex u
2612Continue running until a source line past the current line, in the
2613current stack frame, is reached. This command is used to avoid single
2614stepping through a loop more than once. It is like the @code{next}
2615command, except that when @code{until} encounters a jump, it
2616automatically continues execution until the program counter is greater
2617than the address of the jump.
2618
2619This means that when you reach the end of a loop after single stepping
29a2b744 2620though it, @code{until} will cause your program to continue execution
70b88761
RP
2621until the loop is exited. In contrast, a @code{next} command at the end
2622of a loop will simply step back to the beginning of the loop, which
2623would force you to step through the next iteration.
2624
29a2b744 2625@code{until} always stops your program if it attempts to exit the current
70b88761
RP
2626stack frame.
2627
2628@code{until} may produce somewhat counterintuitive results if the order
7463aadd 2629of machine code does not match the order of the source lines. For
70b88761
RP
2630example, in the following excerpt from a debugging session, the @code{f}
2631(@code{frame}) command shows that execution is stopped at line
2632@code{206}; yet when we use @code{until}, we get to line @code{195}:
2633
2634@example
2635(_GDBP__) f
2636#0 main (argc=4, argv=0xf7fffae8) at m4.c:206
b80282d5 2637206 expand_input();
70b88761 2638(_GDBP__) until
b80282d5 2639195 for ( ; argc > 0; NEXTARG) @{
70b88761
RP
2640@end example
2641
7463aadd
RP
2642This happened because, for execution efficiency, the compiler had
2643generated code for the loop closure test at the end, rather than the
2644start, of the loop---even though the test in a C @code{for}-loop is
2645written before the body of the loop. The @code{until} command appeared
2646to step back to the beginning of the loop when it advanced to this
2647expression; however, it has not really gone to an earlier
2648statement---not in terms of the actual machine code.
70b88761
RP
2649
2650@code{until} with no argument works by means of single
2651instruction stepping, and hence is slower than @code{until} with an
2652argument.
2653
2654@item until @var{location}
2655@item u @var{location}
29a2b744
RP
2656Continue running your program until either the specified location is
2657reached, or the current stack frame returns. @var{location} is any of
2658the forms of argument acceptable to @code{break} (@pxref{Set Breaks,
2659,Setting Breakpoints}). This form of the command uses breakpoints,
1041a570 2660and hence is quicker than @code{until} without an argument.
70b88761
RP
2661
2662@item stepi
2663@itemx si
2664@kindex stepi
2665@kindex si
2666Execute one machine instruction, then stop and return to the debugger.
2667
2668It is often useful to do @samp{display/i $pc} when stepping by machine
2669instructions. This will cause the next instruction to be executed to
29a2b744
RP
2670be displayed automatically at each stop. @xref{Auto Display,
2671,Automatic Display}.
70b88761
RP
2672
2673An argument is a repeat count, as in @code{step}.
2674
2675@item nexti
2676@itemx ni
2677@kindex nexti
2678@kindex ni
2679Execute one machine instruction, but if it is a function call,
2680proceed until the function returns.
2681
2682An argument is a repeat count, as in @code{next}.
70b88761
RP
2683@end table
2684
3d3ab540 2685@node Signals, , Continuing and Stepping, Stopping
70b88761
RP
2686@section Signals
2687@cindex signals
2688
2689A signal is an asynchronous event that can happen in a program. The
2690operating system defines the possible kinds of signals, and gives each
2691kind a name and a number. For example, in Unix @code{SIGINT} is the
2692signal a program gets when you type an interrupt (often @kbd{C-c});
2693@code{SIGSEGV} is the signal a program gets from referencing a place in
2694memory far away from all the areas in use; @code{SIGALRM} occurs when
29a2b744 2695the alarm clock timer goes off (which happens only if your program has
70b88761
RP
2696requested an alarm).
2697
2698@cindex fatal signals
2699Some signals, including @code{SIGALRM}, are a normal part of the
29a2b744
RP
2700functioning of your program. Others, such as @code{SIGSEGV}, indicate
2701errors; these signals are @dfn{fatal} (kill your program immediately) if the
70b88761 2702program has not specified in advance some other way to handle the signal.
29a2b744 2703@code{SIGINT} does not indicate an error in your program, but it is normally
70b88761
RP
2704fatal so it can carry out the purpose of the interrupt: to kill the program.
2705
29a2b744
RP
2706_GDBN__ has the ability to detect any occurrence of a signal in your
2707program. You can tell _GDBN__ in advance what to do for each kind of
2708signal.
70b88761
RP
2709
2710@cindex handling signals
2711Normally, _GDBN__ is set up to ignore non-erroneous signals like @code{SIGALRM}
29a2b744
RP
2712(so as not to interfere with their role in the functioning of your program)
2713but to stop your program immediately whenever an error signal happens.
70b88761
RP
2714You can change these settings with the @code{handle} command.
2715
2716@table @code
2717@item info signals
2718@kindex info signals
2719Print a table of all the kinds of signals and how _GDBN__ has been told to
2720handle each one. You can use this to see the signal numbers of all
2721the defined types of signals.
2722
2723@item handle @var{signal} @var{keywords}@dots{}
2724@kindex handle
2725Change the way _GDBN__ handles signal @var{signal}. @var{signal} can be the
2726number of a signal or its name (with or without the @samp{SIG} at the
2727beginning). The @var{keywords} say what change to make.
2728@end table
2729
2730@c @group
2731The keywords allowed by the @code{handle} command can be abbreviated.
2732Their full names are:
2733
2734@table @code
2735@item nostop
29a2b744 2736_GDBN__ should not stop your program when this signal happens. It may
70b88761
RP
2737still print a message telling you that the signal has come in.
2738
2739@item stop
29a2b744 2740_GDBN__ should stop your program when this signal happens. This implies
70b88761
RP
2741the @code{print} keyword as well.
2742
2743@item print
2744_GDBN__ should print a message when this signal happens.
2745
2746@item noprint
2747_GDBN__ should not mention the occurrence of the signal at all. This
2748implies the @code{nostop} keyword as well.
2749
2750@item pass
29a2b744 2751_GDBN__ should allow your program to see this signal; your program will be
70b88761
RP
2752able to handle the signal, or may be terminated if the signal is fatal
2753and not handled.
2754
2755@item nopass
29a2b744 2756_GDBN__ should not allow your program to see this signal.
70b88761
RP
2757@end table
2758@c @end group
2759
29a2b744 2760When a signal has been set to stop your program, your program cannot see the
70b88761 2761signal until you continue. It will see the signal then, if @code{pass} is
6ca72cc6 2762in effect for the signal in question @emph{at that time}. In other words,
70b88761
RP
2763after _GDBN__ reports a signal, you can use the @code{handle} command with
2764@code{pass} or @code{nopass} to control whether that signal will be seen by
29a2b744 2765your program when you later continue it.
70b88761 2766
29a2b744 2767You can also use the @code{signal} command to prevent your program from
70b88761 2768seeing a signal, or cause it to see a signal it normally would not see,
29a2b744 2769or to give it any signal at any time. For example, if your program stopped
7463aadd
RP
2770due to some sort of memory reference error, you might store correct
2771values into the erroneous variables and continue, hoping to see more
29a2b744
RP
2772execution; but your program would probably terminate immediately as
2773a result of the fatal signal once it saw the signal. To prevent this,
2774you can continue with @samp{signal 0}. @xref{Signaling, ,Giving your
2775Program a Signal}.
70b88761
RP
2776
2777@node Stack, Source, Stopping, Top
2778@chapter Examining the Stack
2779
2780When your program has stopped, the first thing you need to know is where it
2781stopped and how it got there.
2782
2783@cindex call stack
2784Each time your program performs a function call, the information about
29a2b744 2785where in your program the call was made from is saved in a block of data
70b88761
RP
2786called a @dfn{stack frame}. The frame also contains the arguments of the
2787call and the local variables of the function that was called. All the
2788stack frames are allocated in a region of memory called the @dfn{call
2789stack}.
2790
2791When your program stops, the _GDBN__ commands for examining the stack allow you
2792to see all of this information.
2793
2794@cindex selected frame
2795One of the stack frames is @dfn{selected} by _GDBN__ and many _GDBN__ commands
2796refer implicitly to the selected frame. In particular, whenever you ask
29a2b744 2797_GDBN__ for the value of a variable in your program, the value is found in the
70b88761
RP
2798selected frame. There are special _GDBN__ commands to select whichever frame
2799you are interested in.
2800
29a2b744 2801When your program stops, _GDBN__ automatically selects the currently executing
70b88761 2802frame and describes it briefly as the @code{frame} command does
29a2b744 2803(@pxref{Frame Info, ,Information About a Frame}).
70b88761
RP
2804
2805@menu
b80282d5
RP
2806* Frames:: Stack Frames
2807* Backtrace:: Backtraces
2808* Selection:: Selecting a Frame
2809* Frame Info:: Information on a Frame
70b88761
RP
2810@end menu
2811
2812@node Frames, Backtrace, Stack, Stack
2813@section Stack Frames
2814
2815@cindex frame
2816@cindex stack frame
2817The call stack is divided up into contiguous pieces called @dfn{stack
2818frames}, or @dfn{frames} for short; each frame is the data associated
2819with one call to one function. The frame contains the arguments given
2820to the function, the function's local variables, and the address at
2821which the function is executing.
2822
2823@cindex initial frame
2824@cindex outermost frame
2825@cindex innermost frame
2826When your program is started, the stack has only one frame, that of the
2827function @code{main}. This is called the @dfn{initial} frame or the
2828@dfn{outermost} frame. Each time a function is called, a new frame is
2829made. Each time a function returns, the frame for that function invocation
2830is eliminated. If a function is recursive, there can be many frames for
2831the same function. The frame for the function in which execution is
2832actually occurring is called the @dfn{innermost} frame. This is the most
2833recently created of all the stack frames that still exist.
2834
2835@cindex frame pointer
2836Inside your program, stack frames are identified by their addresses. A
2837stack frame consists of many bytes, each of which has its own address; each
2838kind of computer has a convention for choosing one of those bytes whose
2839address serves as the address of the frame. Usually this address is kept
2840in a register called the @dfn{frame pointer register} while execution is
2841going on in that frame.
2842
2843@cindex frame number
2844_GDBN__ assigns numbers to all existing stack frames, starting with
2845zero for the innermost frame, one for the frame that called it,
2846and so on upward. These numbers do not really exist in your program;
2847they are assigned by _GDBN__ to give you a way of designating stack
2848frames in _GDBN__ commands.
2849
2850@cindex frameless execution
2851Some compilers allow functions to be compiled so that they operate
2852without stack frames. (For example, the @code{_GCC__} option
2853@samp{-fomit-frame-pointer} will generate functions without a frame.)
2854This is occasionally done with heavily used library functions to save
2855the frame setup time. _GDBN__ has limited facilities for dealing with
2856these function invocations. If the innermost function invocation has no
2857stack frame, _GDBN__ will nevertheless regard it as though it had a
2858separate frame, which is numbered zero as usual, allowing correct
2859tracing of the function call chain. However, _GDBN__ has no provision
2860for frameless functions elsewhere in the stack.
2861
2862@node Backtrace, Selection, Frames, Stack
2863@section Backtraces
2864
29a2b744 2865A backtrace is a summary of how your program got where it is. It shows one
70b88761
RP
2866line per frame, for many frames, starting with the currently executing
2867frame (frame zero), followed by its caller (frame one), and on up the
2868stack.
2869
2870@table @code
2871@item backtrace
2872@itemx bt
2873@kindex backtrace
2874@kindex bt
2875Print a backtrace of the entire stack: one line per frame for all
2876frames in the stack.
2877
2878You can stop the backtrace at any time by typing the system interrupt
2879character, normally @kbd{C-c}.
2880
2881@item backtrace @var{n}
2882@itemx bt @var{n}
2883Similar, but print only the innermost @var{n} frames.
2884
2885@item backtrace -@var{n}
2886@itemx bt -@var{n}
2887Similar, but print only the outermost @var{n} frames.
2888@end table
2889
2890@kindex where
2891@kindex info stack
2892@kindex info s
2893The names @code{where} and @code{info stack} (abbreviated @code{info s})
2894are additional aliases for @code{backtrace}.
2895
2896Each line in the backtrace shows the frame number and the function name.
2897The program counter value is also shown---unless you use @code{set
2898print address off}. The backtrace also shows the source file name and
2899line number, as well as the arguments to the function. The program
2900counter value is omitted if it is at the beginning of the code for that
2901line number.
2902
2903Here is an example of a backtrace. It was made with the command
2904@samp{bt 3}, so it shows the innermost three frames.
2905
2906@smallexample
2907@group
203eea5d
RP
2908#0 m4_traceon (obs=0x24eb0, argc=1, argv=0x2b8c8)
2909 at builtin.c:993
70b88761
RP
2910#1 0x6e38 in expand_macro (sym=0x2b600) at macro.c:242
2911#2 0x6840 in expand_token (obs=0x0, t=177664, td=0xf7fffb08)
2912 at macro.c:71
2913(More stack frames follow...)
2914@end group
2915@end smallexample
2916
2917@noindent
29a2b744
RP
2918The display for frame zero does not begin with a program counter
2919value, indicating that your program has stopped at the beginning of the
70b88761
RP
2920code for line @code{993} of @code{builtin.c}.
2921
2922@node Selection, Frame Info, Backtrace, Stack
2923@section Selecting a Frame
2924
29a2b744 2925Most commands for examining the stack and other data in your program work on
70b88761
RP
2926whichever stack frame is selected at the moment. Here are the commands for
2927selecting a stack frame; all of them finish by printing a brief description
2928of the stack frame just selected.
2929
2930@table @code
2931@item frame @var{n}
2932@itemx f @var{n}
2933@kindex frame
2934@kindex f
2935Select frame number @var{n}. Recall that frame zero is the innermost
2936(currently executing) frame, frame one is the frame that called the
2937innermost one, and so on. The highest-numbered frame is @code{main}'s
2938frame.
2939
2940@item frame @var{addr}
2941@itemx f @var{addr}
2942Select the frame at address @var{addr}. This is useful mainly if the
2943chaining of stack frames has been damaged by a bug, making it
2944impossible for _GDBN__ to assign numbers properly to all frames. In
29a2b744 2945addition, this can be useful when your program has multiple stacks and
70b88761
RP
2946switches between them.
2947
c728f1f0 2948_if__(_SPARC__)
70b88761 2949On the SPARC architecture, @code{frame} needs two addresses to
e251e767 2950select an arbitrary frame: a frame pointer and a stack pointer.
70b88761
RP
2951@c note to future updaters: this is conditioned on a flag
2952@c FRAME_SPECIFICATION_DYADIC in the tm-*.h files, currently only used
2953@c by SPARC, hence the specific attribution. Generalize or list all
2954@c possibilities if more supported machines start doing this.
c728f1f0 2955_fi__(_SPARC__)
70b88761
RP
2956
2957@item up @var{n}
2958@kindex up
2959Move @var{n} frames up the stack. For positive numbers @var{n}, this
2960advances toward the outermost frame, to higher frame numbers, to frames
2961that have existed longer. @var{n} defaults to one.
2962
2963@item down @var{n}
2964@kindex down
2965@kindex do
2966Move @var{n} frames down the stack. For positive numbers @var{n}, this
2967advances toward the innermost frame, to lower frame numbers, to frames
2968that were created more recently. @var{n} defaults to one. You may
2969abbreviate @code{down} as @code{do}.
2970@end table
2971
2972All of these commands end by printing two lines of output describing the
2973frame. The first line shows the frame number, the function name, the
2974arguments, and the source file and line number of execution in that
2975frame. The second line shows the text of that source line. For
2976example:
2977
2978@smallexample
29a2b744 2979@group
70b88761 2980(_GDBP__) up
203eea5d
RP
2981#1 0x22f0 in main (argc=1, argv=0xf7fffbf4, env=0xf7fffbfc)
2982 at env.c:10
70b88761 298310 read_input_file (argv[i]);
29a2b744 2984@end group
70b88761
RP
2985@end smallexample
2986
29a2b744
RP
2987After such a printout, the @code{list} command with no arguments will
2988print ten lines centered on the point of execution in the frame.
2989@xref{List, ,Printing Source Lines}.
70b88761
RP
2990
2991@table @code
2992@item up-silently @var{n}
2993@itemx down-silently @var{n}
2994@kindex down-silently
2995@kindex up-silently
2996These two commands are variants of @code{up} and @code{down},
2997respectively; they differ in that they do their work silently, without
2998causing display of the new frame. They are intended primarily for use
2999in _GDBN__ command scripts, where the output might be unnecessary and
e251e767 3000distracting.
70b88761
RP
3001@end table
3002
3003@node Frame Info, , Selection, Stack
3004@section Information About a Frame
3005
3006There are several other commands to print information about the selected
3007stack frame.
3008
3009@table @code
3010@item frame
3011@itemx f
29a2b744
RP
3012When used without any argument, this command does not change which
3013frame is selected, but prints a brief description of the currently
70b88761 3014selected stack frame. It can be abbreviated @code{f}. With an
29a2b744
RP
3015argument, this command is used to select a stack frame
3016(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}).
70b88761
RP
3017
3018@item info frame
70b88761 3019@itemx info f
29a2b744 3020@kindex info frame
70b88761
RP
3021@kindex info f
3022This command prints a verbose description of the selected stack frame,
3023including the address of the frame, the addresses of the next frame down
c2bbbb22
RP
3024(called by this frame) and the next frame up (caller of this frame), the
3025language that the source code corresponding to this frame was written in,
70b88761
RP
3026the address of the frame's arguments, the program counter saved in it
3027(the address of execution in the caller frame), and which registers
3028were saved in the frame. The verbose description is useful when
3029something has gone wrong that has made the stack format fail to fit
3030the usual conventions.
3031
3032@item info frame @var{addr}
3033@itemx info f @var{addr}
3034Print a verbose description of the frame at address @var{addr},
3035without selecting that frame. The selected frame remains unchanged by
3036this command.
3037
3038@item info args
3039@kindex info args
3040Print the arguments of the selected frame, each on a separate line.
3041
3042@item info locals
3043@kindex info locals
3044Print the local variables of the selected frame, each on a separate
3045line. These are all variables declared static or automatic within all
3046program blocks that execution in this frame is currently inside of.
3047
3048@item info catch
3049@kindex info catch
3050@cindex catch exceptions
3051@cindex exception handlers
3052Print a list of all the exception handlers that are active in the
3053current stack frame at the current point of execution. To see other
3054exception handlers, visit the associated frame (using the @code{up},
3055@code{down}, or @code{frame} commands); then type @code{info catch}.
1041a570 3056@xref{Exception Handling, ,Breakpoints and Exceptions}.
70b88761
RP
3057@end table
3058
3059@node Source, Data, Stack, Top
3060@chapter Examining Source Files
3061
3062_GDBN__ can print parts of your program's source, since the debugging
1041a570
RP
3063information recorded in your program tells _GDBN__ what source files were
3064used to build it. When your program stops, _GDBN__ spontaneously prints
3065the line where it stopped. Likewise, when you select a stack frame
3066(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}), _GDBN__ prints the line where
3067execution in that frame has stopped. You can print other portions of
3068source files by explicit command.
70b88761 3069
1041a570
RP
3070If you use _GDBN__ through its GNU Emacs interface, you may prefer to use
3071Emacs facilities to view source; @pxref{Emacs, ,Using _GDBN__ under GNU
3072Emacs}.
70b88761
RP
3073
3074@menu
b80282d5
RP
3075* List:: Printing Source Lines
3076* Search:: Searching Source Files
3077* Source Path:: Specifying Source Directories
3078* Machine Code:: Source and Machine Code
70b88761
RP
3079@end menu
3080
3081@node List, Search, Source, Source
3082@section Printing Source Lines
3083
3084@kindex list
3085@kindex l
3086To print lines from a source file, use the @code{list} command
3087(abbreviated @code{l}). There are several ways to specify what part
3088of the file you want to print.
3089
3090Here are the forms of the @code{list} command most commonly used:
3091
3092@table @code
3093@item list @var{linenum}
c338a2fd 3094Print lines centered around line number @var{linenum} in the
70b88761
RP
3095current source file.
3096
3097@item list @var{function}
c338a2fd 3098Print lines centered around the beginning of function
70b88761
RP
3099@var{function}.
3100
3101@item list
c338a2fd
RP
3102Print more lines. If the last lines printed were printed with a
3103@code{list} command, this prints lines following the last lines
70b88761 3104printed; however, if the last line printed was a solitary line printed
29a2b744 3105as part of displaying a stack frame (@pxref{Stack, ,Examining the
1041a570 3106Stack}), this prints lines centered around that line.
70b88761
RP
3107
3108@item list -
c338a2fd
RP
3109Print lines just before the lines last printed.
3110@end table
3111
3112By default, _GDBN__ prints ten source lines with any of these forms of
3113the @code{list} command. You can change this using @code{set listsize}:
3114
3115@table @code
3116@item set listsize @var{count}
3117@kindex set listsize
3118Make the @code{list} command display @var{count} source lines (unless
3119the @code{list} argument explicitly specifies some other number).
3120
3121@item show listsize
3122@kindex show listsize
3123Display the number of lines that @code{list} will currently display by
e251e767 3124default.
70b88761
RP
3125@end table
3126
3127Repeating a @code{list} command with @key{RET} discards the argument,
3128so it is equivalent to typing just @code{list}. This is more useful
3129than listing the same lines again. An exception is made for an
3130argument of @samp{-}; that argument is preserved in repetition so that
3131each repetition moves up in the source file.
3132
3133@cindex linespec
3134In general, the @code{list} command expects you to supply zero, one or two
3135@dfn{linespecs}. Linespecs specify source lines; there are several ways
3136of writing them but the effect is always to specify some source line.
3137Here is a complete description of the possible arguments for @code{list}:
3138
3139@table @code
3140@item list @var{linespec}
c338a2fd 3141Print lines centered around the line specified by @var{linespec}.
70b88761
RP
3142
3143@item list @var{first},@var{last}
3144Print lines from @var{first} to @var{last}. Both arguments are
3145linespecs.
3146
3147@item list ,@var{last}
c338a2fd 3148Print lines ending with @var{last}.
70b88761
RP
3149
3150@item list @var{first},
c338a2fd 3151Print lines starting with @var{first}.
70b88761
RP
3152
3153@item list +
c338a2fd 3154Print lines just after the lines last printed.
70b88761
RP
3155
3156@item list -
c338a2fd 3157Print lines just before the lines last printed.
70b88761
RP
3158
3159@item list
3160As described in the preceding table.
3161@end table
3162
3163Here are the ways of specifying a single source line---all the
3164kinds of linespec.
3165
3166@table @code
3167@item @var{number}
3168Specifies line @var{number} of the current source file.
3169When a @code{list} command has two linespecs, this refers to
3170the same source file as the first linespec.
3171
3172@item +@var{offset}
3173Specifies the line @var{offset} lines after the last line printed.
3174When used as the second linespec in a @code{list} command that has
3175two, this specifies the line @var{offset} lines down from the
3176first linespec.
3177
3178@item -@var{offset}
3179Specifies the line @var{offset} lines before the last line printed.
3180
3181@item @var{filename}:@var{number}
3182Specifies line @var{number} in the source file @var{filename}.
3183
3184@item @var{function}
3185@c FIXME: "of the open-brace" is C-centric. When we add other langs...
3186Specifies the line of the open-brace that begins the body of the
3187function @var{function}.
3188
3189@item @var{filename}:@var{function}
3190Specifies the line of the open-brace that begins the body of the
3191function @var{function} in the file @var{filename}. You only need the
3192file name with a function name to avoid ambiguity when there are
3193identically named functions in different source files.
3194
3195@item *@var{address}
3196Specifies the line containing the program address @var{address}.
3197@var{address} may be any expression.
3198@end table
3199
3200@node Search, Source Path, List, Source
3201@section Searching Source Files
3202@cindex searching
3203@kindex reverse-search
3204
3205There are two commands for searching through the current source file for a
3206regular expression.
3207
3208@table @code
3209@item forward-search @var{regexp}
3210@itemx search @var{regexp}
3211@kindex search
3212@kindex forward-search
1041a570
RP
3213The command @samp{forward-search @var{regexp}} checks each line,
3214starting with the one following the last line listed, for a match for
3215@var{regexp}. It lists the line that is found. You can use
3216synonym @samp{search @var{regexp}} or abbreviate the command name as
3217@code{fo}.
70b88761
RP
3218
3219@item reverse-search @var{regexp}
3220The command @samp{reverse-search @var{regexp}} checks each line, starting
3221with the one before the last line listed and going backward, for a match
3222for @var{regexp}. It lists the line that is found. You can abbreviate
3223this command as @code{rev}.
3224@end table
3225
3226@node Source Path, Machine Code, Search, Source
3227@section Specifying Source Directories
3228
3229@cindex source path
3230@cindex directories for source files
3231Executable programs sometimes do not record the directories of the source
3232files from which they were compiled, just the names. Even when they do,
3233the directories could be moved between the compilation and your debugging
3234session. _GDBN__ has a list of directories to search for source files;
3235this is called the @dfn{source path}. Each time _GDBN__ wants a source file,
3236it tries all the directories in the list, in the order they are present
3237in the list, until it finds a file with the desired name. Note that
3238the executable search path is @emph{not} used for this purpose. Neither is
3239the current working directory, unless it happens to be in the source
3240path.
3241
29a2b744 3242If _GDBN__ cannot find a source file in the source path, and the object
70b88761
RP
3243program records a directory, _GDBN__ tries that directory too. If the
3244source path is empty, and there is no record of the compilation
3245directory, _GDBN__ will, as a last resort, look in the current
3246directory.
3247
3248Whenever you reset or rearrange the source path, _GDBN__ will clear out
3249any information it has cached about where source files are found, where
3250each line is in the file, etc.
3251
3252@kindex directory
3253When you start _GDBN__, its source path is empty.
3254To add other directories, use the @code{directory} command.
3255
3256@table @code
3257@item directory @var{dirname} @dots{}
3258Add directory @var{dirname} to the front of the source path. Several
3259directory names may be given to this command, separated by @samp{:} or
3260whitespace. You may specify a directory that is already in the source
e251e767 3261path; this moves it forward, so it will be searched sooner.
7463aadd
RP
3262
3263You can use the string @samp{$cdir} to refer to the compilation
3264directory (if one is recorded), and @samp{$cwd} to refer to the current
3265working directory. @samp{$cwd} is not the same as @samp{.}---the former
3266tracks the current working directory as it changes during your _GDBN__
3267session, while the latter is immediately expanded to the current
3268directory at the time you add an entry to the source path.
70b88761
RP
3269
3270@item directory
3271Reset the source path to empty again. This requires confirmation.
3272
3273@c RET-repeat for @code{directory} is explicitly disabled, but since
29a2b744 3274@c repeating it would be a no-op we do not say that. (thanks to RMS)
70b88761
RP
3275
3276@item show directories
3277@kindex show directories
3278Print the source path: show which directories it contains.
3279@end table
3280
3281If your source path is cluttered with directories that are no longer of
3282interest, _GDBN__ may sometimes cause confusion by finding the wrong
3283versions of source. You can correct the situation as follows:
3284
3285@enumerate
3286@item
3287Use @code{directory} with no argument to reset the source path to empty.
3288
3289@item
3290Use @code{directory} with suitable arguments to reinstall the
3291directories you want in the source path. You can add all the
3292directories in one command.
3293@end enumerate
3294
3295@node Machine Code, , Source Path, Source
3296@section Source and Machine Code
1041a570 3297
70b88761
RP
3298You can use the command @code{info line} to map source lines to program
3299addresses (and viceversa), and the command @code{disassemble} to display
3300a range of addresses as machine instructions.
3301
3302@table @code
3303@item info line @var{linespec}
3304@kindex info line
3305Print the starting and ending addresses of the compiled code for
1041a570
RP
3306source line @var{linespec}. You can specify source lines in any of
3307the ways understood by the @code{list} command (@pxref{List, ,Printing
3308Source Lines}).
70b88761
RP
3309@end table
3310
1041a570
RP
3311For example, we can use @code{info line} to discover the location of
3312the object code for the first line of function
3313@code{m4_changequote}:
3314
70b88761
RP
3315@smallexample
3316(_GDBP__) info line m4_changecom
3317Line 895 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x634c and ends at 0x6350.
3318@end smallexample
3319
3320@noindent
3321We can also inquire (using @code{*@var{addr}} as the form for
3322@var{linespec}) what source line covers a particular address:
3323@smallexample
3324(_GDBP__) info line *0x63ff
3325Line 926 of "builtin.c" starts at pc 0x63e4 and ends at 0x6404.
3326@end smallexample
3327
c338a2fd 3328@cindex @code{$_} and @code{info line}
29a2b744
RP
3329After @code{info line}, the default address for the @code{x} command
3330is changed to the starting address of the line, so that @samp{x/i} is
3331sufficient to begin examining the machine code (@pxref{Memory,
3332,Examining Memory}). Also, this address is saved as the value of the
3333convenience variable @code{$_} (@pxref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience
3334Variables}).
70b88761
RP
3335
3336@table @code
3337@kindex disassemble
3338@item disassemble
e94b4a2b
RP
3339This specialized command dumps a range of memory as machine
3340instructions. The default memory range is the function surrounding the
3341program counter of the selected frame. A single argument to this
3342command is a program counter value; the function surrounding this value
3343will be dumped. Two arguments specify a range of addresses (first
3344inclusive, second exclusive) to dump.
70b88761
RP
3345@end table
3346
3347We can use @code{disassemble} to inspect the object code
3348range shown in the last @code{info line} example:
3349
3350@smallexample
3351(_GDBP__) disas 0x63e4 0x6404
3352Dump of assembler code from 0x63e4 to 0x6404:
b80282d5
RP
33530x63e4 <builtin_init+5340>: ble 0x63f8 <builtin_init+5360>
33540x63e8 <builtin_init+5344>: sethi %hi(0x4c00), %o0
33550x63ec <builtin_init+5348>: ld [%i1+4], %o0
33560x63f0 <builtin_init+5352>: b 0x63fc <builtin_init+5364>
33570x63f4 <builtin_init+5356>: ld [%o0+4], %o0
33580x63f8 <builtin_init+5360>: or %o0, 0x1a4, %o0
33590x63fc <builtin_init+5364>: call 0x9288 <path_search>
e251e767 33600x6400 <builtin_init+5368>: nop
70b88761 3361End of assembler dump.
70b88761
RP
3362@end smallexample
3363
c2bbbb22 3364@node Data, Languages, Source, Top
70b88761
RP
3365@chapter Examining Data
3366
3367@cindex printing data
3368@cindex examining data
3369@kindex print
3370@kindex inspect
1041a570 3371@c "inspect" is not quite a synonym if you are using Epoch, which we do not
29a2b744 3372@c document because it is nonstandard... Under Epoch it displays in a
70b88761
RP
3373@c different window or something like that.
3374The usual way to examine data in your program is with the @code{print}
3375command (abbreviated @code{p}), or its synonym @code{inspect}. It
b80282d5 3376evaluates and prints the value of an expression of the language your
1041a570
RP
3377program is written in (@pxref{Languages, ,Using _GDBN__ with Different
3378Languages}).
70b88761 3379
e0dacfd1
RP
3380@table @code
3381@item print @var{exp}
3382@itemx print /@var{f} @var{exp}
3383@var{exp} is an expression (in the source language). By default
70b88761 3384the value of @var{exp} is printed in a format appropriate to its data
e0dacfd1
RP
3385type; you can choose a different format by specifying @samp{/@var{f}},
3386where @var{f} is a letter specifying the format; @pxref{Output formats}.
3387
3388@item print
3389@itemx print /@var{f}
3390If you omit @var{exp}, _GDBN__ displays the last value again (from the
1041a570 3391@dfn{value history}; @pxref{Value History, ,Value History}). This allows you to
e0dacfd1
RP
3392conveniently inspect the same value in an alternative format.
3393@end table
70b88761
RP
3394
3395A more low-level way of examining data is with the @code{x} command.
3396It examines data in memory at a specified address and prints it in a
29a2b744 3397specified format. @xref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}.
70b88761 3398
29a2b744 3399If you are interested in information about types, or about how the fields
b80282d5 3400of a struct or class are declared, use the @code{ptype @var{exp}}
1041a570 3401command rather than @code{print}. @xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol Table}.
b80282d5 3402
70b88761 3403@menu
b80282d5
RP
3404* Expressions:: Expressions
3405* Variables:: Program Variables
3406* Arrays:: Artificial Arrays
3407* Output formats:: Output formats
3408* Memory:: Examining Memory
3409* Auto Display:: Automatic Display
3410* Print Settings:: Print Settings
3411* Value History:: Value History
3412* Convenience Vars:: Convenience Variables
3413* Registers:: Registers
3414* Floating Point Hardware:: Floating Point Hardware
70b88761
RP
3415@end menu
3416
3417@node Expressions, Variables, Data, Data
3418@section Expressions
3419
3420@cindex expressions
3421@code{print} and many other _GDBN__ commands accept an expression and
3422compute its value. Any kind of constant, variable or operator defined
3423by the programming language you are using is legal in an expression in
3424_GDBN__. This includes conditional expressions, function calls, casts
3425and string constants. It unfortunately does not include symbols defined
b80282d5 3426by preprocessor @code{#define} commands.
70b88761 3427
c2bbbb22 3428Because C is so widespread, most of the expressions shown in examples in
1041a570 3429this manual are in C. @xref{Languages, , Using _GDBN__ with Different
c2bbbb22 3430Languages}, for information on how to use expressions in other
e251e767 3431languages.
c2bbbb22
RP
3432
3433In this section, we discuss operators that you can use in _GDBN__
e251e767 3434expressions regardless of your programming language.
c2bbbb22 3435
70b88761
RP
3436Casts are supported in all languages, not just in C, because it is so
3437useful to cast a number into a pointer so as to examine a structure
3438at that address in memory.
c2bbbb22 3439@c FIXME: casts supported---Mod2 true?
70b88761 3440
c2bbbb22 3441_GDBN__ supports these operators in addition to those of programming
70b88761
RP
3442languages:
3443
3444@table @code
3445@item @@
3446@samp{@@} is a binary operator for treating parts of memory as arrays.
1041a570 3447@xref{Arrays, ,Artificial Arrays}, for more information.
70b88761
RP
3448
3449@item ::
3450@samp{::} allows you to specify a variable in terms of the file or
1041a570 3451function where it is defined. @xref{Variables, ,Program Variables}.
70b88761
RP
3452
3453@item @{@var{type}@} @var{addr}
3454Refers to an object of type @var{type} stored at address @var{addr} in
3455memory. @var{addr} may be any expression whose value is an integer or
3456pointer (but parentheses are required around binary operators, just as in
3457a cast). This construct is allowed regardless of what kind of data is
1041a570 3458normally supposed to reside at @var{addr}.
70b88761
RP
3459@end table
3460
3461@node Variables, Arrays, Expressions, Data
3462@section Program Variables
3463
3464The most common kind of expression to use is the name of a variable
3465in your program.
3466
3467Variables in expressions are understood in the selected stack frame
29a2b744
RP
3468(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}); they must either be global
3469(or static) or be visible according to the scope rules of the
3470programming language from the point of execution in that frame. This
3471means that in the function
70b88761
RP
3472
3473@example
3474foo (a)
3475 int a;
3476@{
3477 bar (a);
3478 @{
3479 int b = test ();
3480 bar (b);
3481 @}
3482@}
3483@end example
3484
3485@noindent
29a2b744 3486the variable @code{a} is usable whenever your program is executing
70b88761 3487within the function @code{foo}, but the variable @code{b} is visible
29a2b744 3488only while your program is executing inside the block in which @code{b}
70b88761
RP
3489is declared.
3490
3491@cindex variable name conflict
3492There is an exception: you can refer to a variable or function whose
3493scope is a single source file even if the current execution point is not
3494in this file. But it is possible to have more than one such variable or
6ca72cc6
RP
3495function with the same name (in different source files). If that
3496happens, referring to that name has unpredictable effects. If you wish,
3497you can specify a static variable in a particular function or file,
3498using the colon-colon notation:
70b88761
RP
3499
3500@cindex colon-colon
a6d0b6d3 3501@iftex
29a2b744 3502@c info cannot cope with a :: index entry, but why deprive hard copy readers?
70b88761 3503@kindex ::
a6d0b6d3 3504@end iftex
70b88761
RP
3505@example
3506@var{file}::@var{variable}
6ca72cc6 3507@var{function}::@var{variable}
70b88761
RP
3508@end example
3509
3510@noindent
6ca72cc6
RP
3511Here @var{file} or @var{function} is the name of the context for the
3512static @var{variable}.
70b88761 3513
c2bbbb22 3514@cindex C++ scope resolution
70b88761
RP
3515This use of @samp{::} is very rarely in conflict with the very similar
3516use of the same notation in C++. _GDBN__ also supports use of the C++
c2bbbb22 3517scope resolution operator in _GDBN__ expressions.
70b88761 3518
3d3ab540
RP
3519@cindex wrong values
3520@cindex variable values, wrong
3521@quotation
3522@emph{Warning:} Occasionally, a local variable may appear to have the
3523wrong value at certain points in a function---just after entry to the
29a2b744 3524function, and just before exit. You may see this problem when you are
3d3ab540
RP
3525stepping by machine instructions. This is because on most machines, it
3526takes more than one instruction to set up a stack frame (including local
29a2b744 3527variable definitions); if you are stepping by machine instructions,
3d3ab540
RP
3528variables may appear to have the wrong values until the stack frame is
3529completely built. On function exit, it usually also takes more than one
3530machine instruction to destroy a stack frame; after you begin stepping
3531through that group of instructions, local variable definitions may be
3532gone.
3533@end quotation
3534
70b88761
RP
3535@node Arrays, Output formats, Variables, Data
3536@section Artificial Arrays
3537
3538@cindex artificial array
3539@kindex @@
3540It is often useful to print out several successive objects of the
3541same type in memory; a section of an array, or an array of
3542dynamically determined size for which only a pointer exists in the
3543program.
3544
3545This can be done by constructing an @dfn{artificial array} with the
3546binary operator @samp{@@}. The left operand of @samp{@@} should be
3547the first element of the desired array, as an individual object.
3548The right operand should be the desired length of the array. The result is
3549an array value whose elements are all of the type of the left argument.
3550The first element is actually the left argument; the second element
3551comes from bytes of memory immediately following those that hold the
3552first element, and so on. Here is an example. If a program says
3553
3554@example
3555int *array = (int *) malloc (len * sizeof (int));
3556@end example
3557
3558@noindent
3559you can print the contents of @code{array} with
3560
3561@example
3562p *array@@len
3563@end example
3564
3565The left operand of @samp{@@} must reside in memory. Array values made
3566with @samp{@@} in this way behave just like other arrays in terms of
3567subscripting, and are coerced to pointers when used in expressions.
3568Artificial arrays most often appear in expressions via the value history
1041a570 3569(@pxref{Value History, ,Value History}), after printing one out.)
70b88761 3570
1041a570 3571Sometimes the artificial array mechanism is not quite enough; in
3d3ab540 3572moderately complex data structures, the elements of interest may not
1041a570
RP
3573actually be adjacent---for example, if you are interested in the values
3574of pointers in an array. One useful work-around in this situation is
3575to use a convenience variable (@pxref{Convenience Vars, ,Convenience
3576Variables}) as a counter in an expression that prints the first
3577interesting value, and then repeat that expression via @key{RET}. For
3578instance, suppose you have an array @code{dtab} of pointers to
3579structures, and you are interested in the values of a field @code{fv}
3580in each structure. Here is an example of what you might type:
3581
3d3ab540
RP
3582@example
3583set $i = 0
3584p dtab[$i++]->fv
3585@key{RET}
3586@key{RET}
3587@dots{}
3588@end example
3589
70b88761
RP
3590@node Output formats, Memory, Arrays, Data
3591@section Output formats
3592
3593@cindex formatted output
3594@cindex output formats
3595By default, _GDBN__ prints a value according to its data type. Sometimes
3596this is not what you want. For example, you might want to print a number
3597in hex, or a pointer in decimal. Or you might want to view data in memory
3598at a certain address as a character string or as an instruction. To do
3599these things, specify an @dfn{output format} when you print a value.
3600
3601The simplest use of output formats is to say how to print a value
3602already computed. This is done by starting the arguments of the
3603@code{print} command with a slash and a format letter. The format
3604letters supported are:
3605
3606@table @code
3607@item x
3608Regard the bits of the value as an integer, and print the integer in
3609hexadecimal.
3610
3611@item d
3612Print as integer in signed decimal.
3613
3614@item u
3615Print as integer in unsigned decimal.
3616
3617@item o
3618Print as integer in octal.
3619
3620@item t
3621Print as integer in binary. The letter @samp{t} stands for ``two''.
3622
3623@item a
3624Print as an address, both absolute in hex and as an offset from the
3625nearest preceding symbol. This format can be used to discover where (in
3626what function) an unknown address is located:
1041a570 3627
70b88761
RP
3628@example
3629(_GDBP__) p/a 0x54320
3630_0__$3 = 0x54320 <_initialize_vx+396>_1__
3631@end example
3632
70b88761
RP
3633@item c
3634Regard as an integer and print it as a character constant.
3635
3636@item f
3637Regard the bits of the value as a floating point number and print
3638using typical floating point syntax.
3639@end table
3640
3641For example, to print the program counter in hex (@pxref{Registers}), type
3642
3643@example
3644p/x $pc
3645@end example
3646
3647@noindent
3648Note that no space is required before the slash; this is because command
3649names in _GDBN__ cannot contain a slash.
3650
3651To reprint the last value in the value history with a different format,
3652you can use the @code{print} command with just a format and no
3653expression. For example, @samp{p/x} reprints the last value in hex.
3654
3655@node Memory, Auto Display, Output formats, Data
3656@section Examining Memory
3657
1041a570
RP
3658You can use the command @code{x} (for ``examine'') to examine memory in
3659any of several formats, independently of your program's data types.
3660
70b88761
RP
3661@cindex examining memory
3662@table @code
3663@kindex x
cedaf8bc
RP
3664@item x/@var{nfu} @var{addr}
3665@itemx x @var{addr}
3666@itemx x
1041a570
RP
3667Use the command @code{x} to examine memory.
3668@end table
3669
3670@var{n}, @var{f}, and @var{u} are all optional parameters that specify how
3671much memory to display and how to format it; @var{addr} is an
cedaf8bc
RP
3672expression giving the address where you want to start displaying memory.
3673If you use defaults for @var{nfu}, you need not type the slash @samp{/}.
3674Several commands set convenient defaults for @var{addr}.
70b88761 3675
1041a570
RP
3676@table @r
3677@item @var{n}, the repeat count
3678The repeat count is a decimal integer; the default is 1. It specifies
3679how much memory (counting by units @var{u}) to display.
cedaf8bc
RP
3680@c This really is **decimal**; unaffected by 'set radix' as of GDB
3681@c 4.1.2.
70b88761 3682
1041a570
RP
3683@item @var{f}, the display format
3684The display format is one of the formats used by @code{print},
cedaf8bc
RP
3685or @samp{s} (null-terminated string) or @samp{i} (machine instruction).
3686The default is @samp{x} (hexadecimal) initially, or the format from the
3687last time you used either @code{x} or @code{print}.
70b88761 3688
1041a570
RP
3689@item @var{u}, the unit size
3690The unit size is any of
70b88761
RP
3691@table @code
3692@item b
cedaf8bc 3693Bytes.
70b88761 3694@item h
cedaf8bc 3695Halfwords (two bytes).
70b88761 3696@item w
cedaf8bc 3697Words (four bytes). This is the initial default.
70b88761 3698@item g
cedaf8bc 3699Giant words (eight bytes).
70b88761
RP
3700@end table
3701
cedaf8bc
RP
3702Each time you specify a unit size with @code{x}, that size becomes the
3703default unit the next time you use @code{x}. (For the @samp{s} and
3704@samp{i} formats, the unit size is ignored and is normally not written.)
3705
1041a570 3706@item @var{addr}, starting display address
cedaf8bc
RP
3707@var{addr} is the address where you want _GDBN__ to begin displaying
3708memory. The expression need not have a pointer value (though it may);
3709it is always interpreted as an integer address of a byte of memory.
1041a570 3710@xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}, for more information on expressions. The default for
cedaf8bc
RP
3711@var{addr} is usually just after the last address examined---but several
3712other commands also set the default address: @code{info breakpoints} (to
3713the address of the last breakpoint listed), @code{info line} (to the
3714starting address of a line), and @code{print} (if you use it to display
3715a value from memory).
1041a570 3716@end table
70b88761 3717
cedaf8bc
RP
3718For example, @samp{x/3uh 0x54320} is a request to display three halfwords
3719(@code{h}) of memory, formatted as unsigned decimal integers (@samp{u}),
3720starting at address @code{0x54320}. @samp{x/4xw $sp} prints the four
3721words (@samp{w}) of memory above the stack pointer (here, @samp{$sp};
3722@pxref{Registers}) in hexadecimal (@samp{x}).
70b88761 3723
cedaf8bc 3724Since the letters indicating unit sizes are all distinct from the
29a2b744 3725letters specifying output formats, you do not have to remember whether
cedaf8bc
RP
3726unit size or format comes first; either order will work. The output
3727specifications @samp{4xw} and @samp{4wx} mean exactly the same thing.
3728(However, the count @var{n} must come first; @samp{wx4} will not work.)
3729
3730Even though the unit size @var{u} is ignored for the formats @samp{s}
3731and @samp{i}, you might still want to use a count @var{n}; for example,
3732@samp{3i} specifies that you want to see three machine instructions,
3733including any operands. The command @code{disassemble} gives an
3734alternative way of inspecting machine instructions; @pxref{Machine
3735Code}.
3736
3737All the defaults for the arguments to @code{x} are designed to make it
3738easy to continue scanning memory with minimal specifications each time
1041a570 3739you use @code{x}. For example, after you have inspected three machine
cedaf8bc
RP
3740instructions with @samp{x/3i @var{addr}}, you can inspect the next seven
3741with just @samp{x/7}. If you use @key{RET} to repeat the @code{x} command,
3742the repeat count @var{n} is used again; the other arguments default as
3743for successive uses of @code{x}.
70b88761 3744
c338a2fd 3745@cindex @code{$_}, @code{$__}, and value history
cedaf8bc 3746The addresses and contents printed by the @code{x} command are not saved
70b88761
RP
3747in the value history because there is often too much of them and they
3748would get in the way. Instead, _GDBN__ makes these values available for
3749subsequent use in expressions as values of the convenience variables
3750@code{$_} and @code{$__}. After an @code{x} command, the last address
3751examined is available for use in expressions in the convenience variable
3752@code{$_}. The contents of that address, as examined, are available in
3753the convenience variable @code{$__}.
3754
3755If the @code{x} command has a repeat count, the address and contents saved
3756are from the last memory unit printed; this is not the same as the last
3757address printed if several units were printed on the last line of output.
3758
3759@node Auto Display, Print Settings, Memory, Data
3760@section Automatic Display
3761@cindex automatic display
3762@cindex display of expressions
3763
3764If you find that you want to print the value of an expression frequently
3765(to see how it changes), you might want to add it to the @dfn{automatic
29a2b744 3766display list} so that _GDBN__ will print its value each time your program stops.
70b88761
RP
3767Each expression added to the list is given a number to identify it;
3768to remove an expression from the list, you specify that number.
3769The automatic display looks like this:
3770
3771@example
37722: foo = 38
37733: bar[5] = (struct hack *) 0x3804
3774@end example
3775
3776@noindent
3777showing item numbers, expressions and their current values. As with
3778displays you request manually using @code{x} or @code{print}, you can
3779specify the output format you prefer; in fact, @code{display} decides
3780whether to use @code{print} or @code{x} depending on how elaborate your
3781format specification is---it uses @code{x} if you specify a unit size,
3782or one of the two formats (@samp{i} and @samp{s}) that are only
3783supported by @code{x}; otherwise it uses @code{print}.
3784
3785@table @code
3786@item display @var{exp}
3787@kindex display
3788Add the expression @var{exp} to the list of expressions to display
1041a570 3789each time your program stops. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.
70b88761
RP
3790
3791@code{display} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after using it.
3792
3793@item display/@var{fmt} @var{exp}
3794For @var{fmt} specifying only a display format and not a size or
3795count, add the expression @var{exp} to the auto-display list but
3796arranges to display it each time in the specified format @var{fmt}.
3797@xref{Output formats}.
3798
3799@item display/@var{fmt} @var{addr}
3800For @var{fmt} @samp{i} or @samp{s}, or including a unit-size or a
3801number of units, add the expression @var{addr} as a memory address to
29a2b744
RP
3802be examined each time your program stops. Examining means in effect
3803doing @samp{x/@var{fmt} @var{addr}}. @xref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}.
70b88761
RP
3804@end table
3805
3806For example, @samp{display/i $pc} can be helpful, to see the machine
3807instruction about to be executed each time execution stops (@samp{$pc}
3808is a common name for the program counter; @pxref{Registers}).
3809
3810@table @code
3811@item undisplay @var{dnums}@dots{}
3812@itemx delete display @var{dnums}@dots{}
3813@kindex delete display
3814@kindex undisplay
3815Remove item numbers @var{dnums} from the list of expressions to display.
3816
3817@code{undisplay} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} after using it.
3818(Otherwise you would just get the error @samp{No display number @dots{}}.)
3819
3820@item disable display @var{dnums}@dots{}
3821@kindex disable display
3822Disable the display of item numbers @var{dnums}. A disabled display
3823item is not printed automatically, but is not forgotten. It may be
3824enabled again later.
3825
3826@item enable display @var{dnums}@dots{}
3827@kindex enable display
3828Enable display of item numbers @var{dnums}. It becomes effective once
3829again in auto display of its expression, until you specify otherwise.
3830
3831@item display
3832Display the current values of the expressions on the list, just as is
29a2b744 3833done when your program stops.
70b88761
RP
3834
3835@item info display
3836@kindex info display
3837Print the list of expressions previously set up to display
3838automatically, each one with its item number, but without showing the
3839values. This includes disabled expressions, which are marked as such.
3840It also includes expressions which would not be displayed right now
3841because they refer to automatic variables not currently available.
3842@end table
3843
3844If a display expression refers to local variables, then it does not make
3845sense outside the lexical context for which it was set up. Such an
3846expression is disabled when execution enters a context where one of its
3847variables is not defined. For example, if you give the command
3848@code{display last_char} while inside a function with an argument
29a2b744 3849@code{last_char}, then this argument will be displayed while your program
70b88761
RP
3850continues to stop inside that function. When it stops elsewhere---where
3851there is no variable @code{last_char}---display is disabled. The next time
3852your program stops where @code{last_char} is meaningful, you can enable the
3853display expression once again.
3854
3855@node Print Settings, Value History, Auto Display, Data
3856@section Print Settings
3857
3858@cindex format options
3859@cindex print settings
3860_GDBN__ provides the following ways to control how arrays, structures,
e251e767 3861and symbols are printed.
70b88761
RP
3862
3863@noindent
3864These settings are useful for debugging programs in any language:
3865
3866@table @code
3867@item set print address
3868@item set print address on
3869@kindex set print address
3870_GDBN__ will print memory addresses showing the location of stack
3871traces, structure values, pointer values, breakpoints, and so forth,
3872even when it also displays the contents of those addresses. The default
3873is on. For example, this is what a stack frame display looks like, with
3874@code{set print address on}:
1041a570 3875
70b88761 3876@smallexample
1041a570 3877@group
70b88761 3878(_GDBP__) f
e251e767 3879#0 set_quotes (lq=0x34c78 "<<", rq=0x34c88 ">>")
70b88761 3880 at input.c:530
b80282d5 3881530 if (lquote != def_lquote)
1041a570 3882@end group
70b88761
RP
3883@end smallexample
3884
3885@item set print address off
3886Do not print addresses when displaying their contents. For example,
3887this is the same stack frame displayed with @code{set print address off}:
1041a570 3888
70b88761 3889@example
1041a570 3890@group
70b88761
RP
3891(_GDBP__) set print addr off
3892(_GDBP__) f
3893#0 set_quotes (lq="<<", rq=">>") at input.c:530
b80282d5 3894530 if (lquote != def_lquote)
1041a570 3895@end group
70b88761
RP
3896@end example
3897
3898@item show print address
3899@kindex show print address
3900Show whether or not addresses are to be printed.
3901
3902@item set print array
3903@itemx set print array on
3904@kindex set print array
3905_GDBN__ will pretty print arrays. This format is more convenient to read,
3906but uses more space. The default is off.
3907
3908@item set print array off.
3909Return to compressed format for arrays.
3910
3911@item show print array
3912@kindex show print array
3913Show whether compressed or pretty format is selected for displaying
e251e767 3914arrays.
70b88761
RP
3915
3916@item set print elements @var{number-of-elements}
3917@kindex set print elements
3918If _GDBN__ is printing a large array, it will stop printing after it has
3919printed the number of elements set by the @code{set print elements} command.
3920This limit also applies to the display of strings.
3921
3922@item show print elements
3923@kindex show print elements
3924Display the number of elements of a large array that _GDBN__ will print
3925before losing patience.
3926
3927@item set print pretty on
3928@kindex set print pretty
3929Cause _GDBN__ to print structures in an indented format with one member per
3930line, like this:
3931
3932@example
1041a570 3933@group
70b88761
RP
3934$1 = @{
3935 next = 0x0,
3936 flags = @{
3937 sweet = 1,
3938 sour = 1
3939 @},
3940 meat = 0x54 "Pork"
3941@}
1041a570 3942@end group
70b88761
RP
3943@end example
3944
3945@item set print pretty off
3946Cause _GDBN__ to print structures in a compact format, like this:
3947
3948@smallexample
1041a570 3949@group
38962738
RP
3950$1 = @{next = 0x0, flags = @{sweet = 1, sour = 1@}, \
3951meat = 0x54 "Pork"@}
1041a570 3952@end group
70b88761
RP
3953@end smallexample
3954
3955@noindent
3956This is the default format.
3957
3958@item show print pretty
3959@kindex show print pretty
3960Show which format _GDBN__ will use to print structures.
3961
3962@item set print sevenbit-strings on
f2857bd9 3963@kindex set print sevenbit-strings
e251e767 3964Print using only seven-bit characters; if this option is set,
70b88761
RP
3965_GDBN__ will display any eight-bit characters (in strings or character
3966values) using the notation @code{\}@var{nnn}. For example, @kbd{M-a} is
3967displayed as @code{\341}.
3968
3969@item set print sevenbit-strings off
3970Print using either seven-bit or eight-bit characters, as required. This
3971is the default.
3972
3973@item show print sevenbit-strings
f2857bd9 3974@kindex show print sevenbit-strings
70b88761
RP
3975Show whether or not _GDBN__ will print only seven-bit characters.
3976
3977@item set print union on
3978@kindex set print union
3979Tell _GDBN__ to print unions which are contained in structures. This is the
3980default setting.
3981
3982@item set print union off
3983Tell _GDBN__ not to print unions which are contained in structures.
3984
3985@item show print union
3986@kindex show print union
3987Ask _GDBN__ whether or not it will print unions which are contained in
e251e767 3988structures.
70b88761
RP
3989
3990For example, given the declarations
3991
3992@smallexample
3993typedef enum @{Tree, Bug@} Species;
3994typedef enum @{Big_tree, Acorn, Seedling@} Tree_forms;
203eea5d
RP
3995typedef enum @{Caterpillar, Cocoon, Butterfly@}
3996 Bug_forms;
70b88761
RP
3997
3998struct thing @{
3999 Species it;
4000 union @{
4001 Tree_forms tree;
4002 Bug_forms bug;
4003 @} form;
4004@};
4005
4006struct thing foo = @{Tree, @{Acorn@}@};
4007@end smallexample
4008
4009@noindent
4010with @code{set print union on} in effect @samp{p foo} would print
4011
4012@smallexample
4013$1 = @{it = Tree, form = @{tree = Acorn, bug = Cocoon@}@}
4014@end smallexample
4015
4016@noindent
4017and with @code{set print union off} in effect it would print
4018
4019@smallexample
4020$1 = @{it = Tree, form = @{...@}@}
4021@end smallexample
4022@end table
4023
4024@noindent
4025These settings are of interest when debugging C++ programs:
4026
4027@table @code
e251e767
RP
4028@item set print demangle
4029@itemx set print demangle on
70b88761
RP
4030@kindex set print demangle
4031Print C++ names in their source form rather than in the mangled form
4032in which they are passed to the assembler and linker for type-safe linkage.
4033The default is on.
4034
4035@item show print demangle
4036@kindex show print demangle
4037Show whether C++ names will be printed in mangled or demangled form.
4038
e251e767
RP
4039@item set print asm-demangle
4040@itemx set print asm-demangle on
70b88761
RP
4041@kindex set print asm-demangle
4042Print C++ names in their source form rather than their mangled form, even
4043in assembler code printouts such as instruction disassemblies.
4044The default is off.
4045
4046@item show print asm-demangle
4047@kindex show print asm-demangle
4048Show whether C++ names in assembly listings will be printed in mangled
4049or demangled form.
4050
4051@item set print object
4052@itemx set print object on
4053@kindex set print object
4054When displaying a pointer to an object, identify the @emph{actual}
4055(derived) type of the object rather than the @emph{declared} type, using
4056the virtual function table.
4057
4058@item set print object off
4059Display only the declared type of objects, without reference to the
4060virtual function table. This is the default setting.
4061
4062@item show print object
4063@kindex show print object
4064Show whether actual, or declared, object types will be displayed.
4065
e251e767
RP
4066@item set print vtbl
4067@itemx set print vtbl on
70b88761
RP
4068@kindex set print vtbl
4069Pretty print C++ virtual function tables. The default is off.
4070
4071@item set print vtbl off
4072Do not pretty print C++ virtual function tables.
4073
4074@item show print vtbl
4075@kindex show print vtbl
4076Show whether C++ virtual function tables are pretty printed, or not.
70b88761
RP
4077@end table
4078
4079@node Value History, Convenience Vars, Print Settings, Data
4080@section Value History
4081
4082@cindex value history
4083Values printed by the @code{print} command are saved in _GDBN__'s @dfn{value
4084history} so that you can refer to them in other expressions. Values are
4085kept until the symbol table is re-read or discarded (for example with
4086the @code{file} or @code{symbol-file} commands). When the symbol table
4087changes, the value history is discarded, since the values may contain
4088pointers back to the types defined in the symbol table.
4089
4090@cindex @code{$}
4091@cindex @code{$$}
4092@cindex history number
4093The values printed are given @dfn{history numbers} for you to refer to them
4094by. These are successive integers starting with one. @code{print} shows you
4095the history number assigned to a value by printing @samp{$@var{num} = }
4096before the value; here @var{num} is the history number.
4097
4098To refer to any previous value, use @samp{$} followed by the value's
4099history number. The way @code{print} labels its output is designed to
4100remind you of this. Just @code{$} refers to the most recent value in
4101the history, and @code{$$} refers to the value before that.
4102@code{$$@var{n}} refers to the @var{n}th value from the end; @code{$$2}
4103is the value just prior to @code{$$}, @code{$$1} is equivalent to
4104@code{$$}, and @code{$$0} is equivalent to @code{$}.
4105
4106For example, suppose you have just printed a pointer to a structure and
4107want to see the contents of the structure. It suffices to type
4108
4109@example
4110p *$
4111@end example
4112
4113If you have a chain of structures where the component @code{next} points
4114to the next one, you can print the contents of the next one with this:
4115
4116@example
4117p *$.next
4118@end example
4119
4120@noindent
4121You can print successive links in the chain by repeating this
4122command---which you can do by just typing @key{RET}.
4123
4124Note that the history records values, not expressions. If the value of
4125@code{x} is 4 and you type these commands:
4126
4127@example
4128print x
4129set x=5
4130@end example
4131
4132@noindent
4133then the value recorded in the value history by the @code{print} command
4134remains 4 even though the value of @code{x} has changed.
4135
4136@table @code
4137@kindex show values
4138@item show values
4139Print the last ten values in the value history, with their item numbers.
4140This is like @samp{p@ $$9} repeated ten times, except that @code{show
4141values} does not change the history.
4142
4143@item show values @var{n}
4144Print ten history values centered on history item number @var{n}.
4145
4146@item show values +
4147Print ten history values just after the values last printed. If no more
4148values are available, produces no display.
4149@end table
4150
4151Pressing @key{RET} to repeat @code{show values @var{n}} has exactly the
e251e767 4152same effect as @samp{show values +}.
70b88761
RP
4153
4154@node Convenience Vars, Registers, Value History, Data
4155@section Convenience Variables
4156
4157@cindex convenience variables
4158_GDBN__ provides @dfn{convenience variables} that you can use within
4159_GDBN__ to hold on to a value and refer to it later. These variables
4160exist entirely within _GDBN__; they are not part of your program, and
4161setting a convenience variable has no direct effect on further execution
1041a570 4162of your program. That is why you can use them freely.
70b88761
RP
4163
4164Convenience variables are prefixed with @samp{$}. Any name preceded by
4165@samp{$} can be used for a convenience variable, unless it is one of
4166the predefined machine-specific register names (@pxref{Registers}).
4167(Value history references, in contrast, are @emph{numbers} preceded
1041a570 4168by @samp{$}. @xref{Value History, ,Value History}.)
70b88761
RP
4169
4170You can save a value in a convenience variable with an assignment
4171expression, just as you would set a variable in your program. Example:
4172
4173@example
4174set $foo = *object_ptr
4175@end example
4176
4177@noindent
4178would save in @code{$foo} the value contained in the object pointed to by
4179@code{object_ptr}.
4180
4181Using a convenience variable for the first time creates it; but its value
4182is @code{void} until you assign a new value. You can alter the value with
4183another assignment at any time.
4184
4185Convenience variables have no fixed types. You can assign a convenience
4186variable any type of value, including structures and arrays, even if
4187that variable already has a value of a different type. The convenience
4188variable, when used as an expression, has the type of its current value.
4189
4190@table @code
4191@item show convenience
4192@kindex show convenience
4193Print a list of convenience variables used so far, and their values.
4194Abbreviated @code{show con}.
4195@end table
4196
4197One of the ways to use a convenience variable is as a counter to be
4198incremented or a pointer to be advanced. For example, to print
4199a field from successive elements of an array of structures:
4200
4201_0__@example
4202set $i = 0
4203print bar[$i++]->contents
4204@i{@dots{} repeat that command by typing @key{RET}.}
4205_1__@end example
4206
4207Some convenience variables are created automatically by _GDBN__ and given
4208values likely to be useful.
4209
4210@table @code
4211@item $_
c338a2fd 4212@kindex $_
70b88761 4213The variable @code{$_} is automatically set by the @code{x} command to
29a2b744
RP
4214the last address examined (@pxref{Memory, ,Examining Memory}). Other
4215commands which provide a default address for @code{x} to examine also
4216set @code{$_} to that address; these commands include @code{info line}
4217and @code{info breakpoint}. The type of @code{$_} is @code{void *}
4218except when set by the @code{x} command, in which case it is a pointer
4219to the type of @code{$__}.
70b88761
RP
4220
4221@item $__
c338a2fd 4222@kindex $__
70b88761 4223The variable @code{$__} is automatically set by the @code{x} command
c2bbbb22
RP
4224to the value found in the last address examined. Its type is chosen
4225to match the format in which the data was printed.
70b88761
RP
4226@end table
4227
4228@node Registers, Floating Point Hardware, Convenience Vars, Data
4229@section Registers
4230
4231@cindex registers
b80282d5 4232You can refer to machine register contents, in expressions, as variables
70b88761
RP
4233with names starting with @samp{$}. The names of registers are different
4234for each machine; use @code{info registers} to see the names used on
e251e767 4235your machine.
70b88761
RP
4236
4237@table @code
4238@item info registers
4239@kindex info registers
b80282d5
RP
4240Print the names and values of all registers except floating-point
4241registers (in the selected stack frame).
4242
4243@item info all-registers
4244@kindex info all-registers
4245@cindex floating point registers
4246Print the names and values of all registers, including floating-point
4247registers.
70b88761
RP
4248
4249@item info registers @var{regname}
4250Print the relativized value of register @var{regname}. @var{regname}
4251may be any register name valid on the machine you are using, with
4252or without the initial @samp{$}.
4253@end table
4254
09267865 4255_GDBN__ has four ``standard'' register names that are available (in
29a2b744 4256expressions) on most machines---whenever they do not conflict with an
09267865
RP
4257architecture's canonical mnemonics for registers. The register names
4258@code{$pc} and @code{$sp} are used for the program counter register and
4259the stack pointer. @code{$fp} is used for a register that contains a
4260pointer to the current stack frame, and @code{$ps} is used for a
4261register that contains the processor status. For example,
70b88761 4262you could print the program counter in hex with
1041a570 4263
70b88761
RP
4264@example
4265p/x $pc
4266@end example
4267
4268@noindent
4269or print the instruction to be executed next with
1041a570 4270
70b88761
RP
4271@example
4272x/i $pc
4273@end example
4274
4275@noindent
29a2b744
RP
4276or add four to the stack pointer @footnote{This is a way of removing
4277one word from the stack, on machines where stacks grow downward in
4278memory (most machines, nowadays). This assumes that the innermost
4279stack frame is selected; setting @code{$sp} is not allowed when other
4280stack frames are selected. To pop entire frames off the stack,
4281regardless of machine architecture, use @code{return};
1041a570
RP
4282@pxref{Returning, ,Returning from a Function}.} with
4283
70b88761
RP
4284@example
4285set $sp += 4
4286@end example
4287
09267865
RP
4288Whenever possible, these four standard register names are available on
4289your machine even though the machine has different canonical mnemonics,
4290so long as there is no conflict. The @code{info registers} command
4291shows the canonical names. For example, on the SPARC, @code{info
70b88761
RP
4292registers} displays the processor status register as @code{$psr} but you
4293can also refer to it as @code{$ps}.
4294
4295_GDBN__ always considers the contents of an ordinary register as an
4296integer when the register is examined in this way. Some machines have
4297special registers which can hold nothing but floating point; these
4298registers are considered to have floating point values. There is no way
4299to refer to the contents of an ordinary register as floating point value
4300(although you can @emph{print} it as a floating point value with
4301@samp{print/f $@var{regname}}).
4302
4303Some registers have distinct ``raw'' and ``virtual'' data formats. This
4304means that the data format in which the register contents are saved by
4305the operating system is not the same one that your program normally
4306sees. For example, the registers of the 68881 floating point
4307coprocessor are always saved in ``extended'' (raw) format, but all C
4308programs expect to work with ``double'' (virtual) format. In such
4309cases, _GDBN__ normally works with the virtual format only (the format that
4310makes sense for your program), but the @code{info registers} command
4311prints the data in both formats.
4312
4313Normally, register values are relative to the selected stack frame
29a2b744
RP
4314(@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a Frame}). This means that you get the
4315value that the register would contain if all stack frames farther in
4316were exited and their saved registers restored. In order to see the
4317true contents of hardware registers, you must select the innermost
4318frame (with @samp{frame 0}).
70b88761
RP
4319
4320However, _GDBN__ must deduce where registers are saved, from the machine
4321code generated by your compiler. If some registers are not saved, or if
4322_GDBN__ is unable to locate the saved registers, the selected stack
4323frame will make no difference.
4324
4325@node Floating Point Hardware, , Registers, Data
4326@section Floating Point Hardware
4327@cindex floating point
1041a570 4328
70b88761
RP
4329Depending on the host machine architecture, _GDBN__ may be able to give
4330you more information about the status of the floating point hardware.
4331
4332@table @code
4333@item info float
4334@kindex info float
4335If available, provides hardware-dependent information about the floating
4336point unit. The exact contents and layout vary depending on the
4337floating point chip.
4338@end table
4339@c FIXME: this is a cop-out. Try to get examples, explanations. Only
e251e767
RP
4340@c FIXME...supported currently on arm's and 386's. Mark properly with
4341@c FIXME... m4 macros to isolate general statements from hardware-dep,
70b88761
RP
4342@c FIXME... at that point.
4343
c2bbbb22
RP
4344@node Languages, Symbols, Data, Top
4345@chapter Using _GDBN__ with Different Languages
4346@cindex languages
4347
4348Although programming languages generally have common aspects, they are
4349rarely expressed in the same manner. For instance, in ANSI C,
4350dereferencing a pointer @code{p} is accomplished by @code{*p}, but in
4351Modula-2, it is accomplished by @code{p^}. Values can also be
4352represented (and displayed) differently. Hex numbers in C are written
4353like @samp{0x1ae}, while in Modula-2 they appear as @samp{1AEH}.
4354
4355@cindex working language
4356Language-specific information is built into _GDBN__ for some languages,
29a2b744 4357allowing you to express operations like the above in your program's
c2bbbb22 4358native language, and allowing _GDBN__ to output values in a manner
29a2b744 4359consistent with the syntax of your program's native language. The
c2bbbb22
RP
4360language you use to build expressions, called the @dfn{working
4361language}, can be selected manually, or _GDBN__ can set it
4362automatically.
4363
4364@menu
4365* Setting:: Switching between source languages
4366* Show:: Displaying the language
4367* Checks:: Type and Range checks
4368* Support:: Supported languages
4369@end menu
4370
4371@node Setting, Show, Languages, Languages
4372@section Switching between source languages
4373
4374There are two ways to control the working language---either have _GDBN__
4375set it automatically, or select it manually yourself. You can use the
4376@code{set language} command for either purpose. On startup, _GDBN__
4377defaults to setting the language automatically.
4378
4379@menu
4380* Manually:: Setting the working language manually
4381* Automatically:: Having _GDBN__ infer the source language
4382@end menu
4383
4384@node Manually, Automatically, Setting, Setting
4385@subsection Setting the working language
4386
4387@kindex set language
4388To set the language, issue the command @samp{set language @var{lang}},
c338a2fd
RP
4389where @var{lang} is the name of a language: @code{c} or @code{modula-2}.
4390For a list of the supported languages, type @samp{set language}.
c2bbbb22
RP
4391
4392Setting the language manually prevents _GDBN__ from updating the working
4393language automatically. This can lead to confusion if you try
4394to debug a program when the working language is not the same as the
4395source language, when an expression is acceptable to both
4396languages---but means different things. For instance, if the current
4397source file were written in C, and _GDBN__ was parsing Modula-2, a
4398command such as:
4399
4400@example
4401print a = b + c
4402@end example
4403
4404@noindent
4405might not have the effect you intended. In C, this means to add
4406@code{b} and @code{c} and place the result in @code{a}. The result
4407printed would be the value of @code{a}. In Modula-2, this means to compare
4408@code{a} to the result of @code{b+c}, yielding a @code{BOOLEAN} value.
4409
4410If you allow _GDBN__ to set the language automatically, then
4411you can count on expressions evaluating the same way in your debugging
4412session and in your program.
4413
4414@node Automatically, , Manually, Setting
4415@subsection Having _GDBN__ infer the source language
4416
4417To have _GDBN__ set the working language automatically, use @samp{set
4418language local} or @samp{set language auto}. _GDBN__ then infers the
4419language that a program was written in by looking at the name of its
4420source files, and examining their extensions:
4421
4422@table @file
4423@item *.mod
4424Modula-2 source file
4425
4426@item *.c
4427@itemx *.cc
4428C or C++ source file.
4429@end table
4430
4431This information is recorded for each function or procedure in a source
4432file. When your program stops in a frame (usually by encountering a
4433breakpoint), _GDBN__ sets the working language to the language recorded
4434for the function in that frame. If the language for a frame is unknown
4435(that is, if the function or block corresponding to the frame was
4436defined in a source file that does not have a recognized extension), the
4437current working language is not changed, and _GDBN__ issues a warning.
4438
4439This may not seem necessary for most programs, which are written
4440entirely in one source language. However, program modules and libraries
4441written in one source language can be used by a main program written in
4442a different source language. Using @samp{set language auto} in this
4443case frees you from having to set the working language manually.
4444
4445@node Show, Checks, Setting, Languages
4446@section Displaying the language
4447
4448The following commands will help you find out which language is the
4449working language, and also what language source files were written in.
4450
4451@kindex show language
4452@kindex info frame
4453@kindex info source
4454@table @code
4455@item show language
4456Display the current working language. This is the
4457language you can use with commands such as @code{print} to
29a2b744 4458build and compute expressions that may involve variables in your program.
c2bbbb22
RP
4459
4460@item info frame
1041a570 4461Among the other information listed here (@pxref{Frame Info, ,Information
c2bbbb22
RP
4462about a Frame}) is the source language for this frame. This is the
4463language that will become the working language if you ever use an
4464identifier that is in this frame.
4465
4466@item info source
1041a570 4467Among the other information listed here (@pxref{Symbols, ,Examining the
c2bbbb22 4468Symbol Table}) is the source language of this source file.
c2bbbb22
RP
4469@end table
4470
4471@node Checks, Support, Show, Languages
4472@section Type and range Checking
4473
4474@quotation
4475@emph{Warning:} In this release, the _GDBN__ commands for type and range
4476checking are included, but they do not yet have any effect. This
4477section documents the intended facilities.
4478@end quotation
4479@c FIXME remove warning when type/range code added
4480
4481Some languages are designed to guard you against making seemingly common
4482errors through a series of compile- and run-time checks. These include
4483checking the type of arguments to functions and operators, and making
4484sure mathematical overflows are caught at run time. Checks such as
4485these help to ensure a program's correctness once it has been compiled
4486by eliminating type mismatches, and providing active checks for range
29a2b744 4487errors when your program is running.
c2bbbb22 4488
1041a570
RP
4489_GDBN__ can check for conditions like the above if you wish.
4490Although _GDBN__ will not check the statements in your program, it
4491can check expressions entered directly into _GDBN__ for evaluation via
4492the @code{print} command, for example. As with the working language,
c2bbbb22 4493_GDBN__ can also decide whether or not to check automatically based on
1041a570
RP
4494your program's source language. @xref{Support, ,Supported Languages},
4495for the default settings of supported languages.
c2bbbb22
RP
4496
4497@menu
4498* Type Checking:: An overview of type checking
4499* Range Checking:: An overview of range checking
4500@end menu
4501
4502@cindex type checking
4503@cindex checks, type
4504@node Type Checking, Range Checking, Checks, Checks
4505@subsection An overview of type checking
4506
4507Some languages, such as Modula-2, are strongly typed, meaning that the
4508arguments to operators and functions have to be of the correct type,
4509otherwise an error occurs. These checks prevent type mismatch
4510errors from ever causing any run-time problems. For example,
4511
4512@example
45131 + 2 @result{} 3
1041a570 4514@exdent but
c2bbbb22
RP
4515@error{} 1 + 2.3
4516@end example
4517
4518The second example fails because the @code{CARDINAL} 1 is not
4519type-compatible with the @code{REAL} 2.3.
4520
4521For expressions you use in _GDBN__ commands, you can tell the _GDBN__
4522type checker to skip checking; to treat any mismatches as errors and
4523abandon the expression; or only issue warnings when type mismatches
4524occur, but evaluate the expression anyway. When you choose the last of
4525these, _GDBN__ evaluates expressions like the second example above, but
4526also issues a warning.
4527
4528Even though you may turn type checking off, other type-based reasons may
4529prevent _GDBN__ from evaluating an expression. For instance, _GDBN__ does not
4530know how to add an @code{int} and a @code{struct foo}. These particular
4531type errors have nothing to do with the language in use, and usually
4532arise from expressions, such as the one described above, which make
4533little sense to evaluate anyway.
4534
4535Each language defines to what degree it is strict about type. For
4536instance, both Modula-2 and C require the arguments to arithmetical
4537operators to be numbers. In C, enumerated types and pointers can be
4538represented as numbers, so that they are valid arguments to mathematical
1041a570 4539operators. @xref{Support, ,Supported Languages}, for further
c2bbbb22
RP
4540details on specific languages.
4541
4542_GDBN__ provides some additional commands for controlling the type checker:
4543
4544@kindex set check
4545@kindex set check type
4546@kindex show check type
4547@table @code
4548@item set check type auto
e251e767 4549Set type checking on or off based on the current working language.
1041a570 4550@xref{Support, ,Supported Languages}, for the default settings for
c2bbbb22
RP
4551each language.
4552
4553@item set check type on
4554@itemx set check type off
4555Set type checking on or off, overriding the default setting for the
4556current working language. Issue a warning if the setting does not
4557match the language's default. If any type mismatches occur in
4558evaluating an expression while typechecking is on, _GDBN__ prints a
4559message and aborts evaluation of the expression.
4560
4561@item set check type warn
4562Cause the type checker to issue warnings, but to always attempt to
4563evaluate the expression. Evaluating the expression may still
4564be impossible for other reasons. For example, _GDBN__ cannot add
4565numbers and structures.
4566
4567@item show type
e251e767 4568Show the current setting of the type checker, and whether or not _GDBN__ is
c2bbbb22
RP
4569setting it automatically.
4570@end table
4571
4572@cindex range checking
4573@cindex checks, range
4574@node Range Checking, , Type Checking, Checks
4575@subsection An overview of Range Checking
4576
4577In some languages (such as Modula-2), it is an error to exceed the
4578bounds of a type; this is enforced with run-time checks. Such range
4579checking is meant to ensure program correctness by making sure
4580computations do not overflow, or indices on an array element access do
4581not exceed the bounds of the array.
4582
4583For expressions you use in _GDBN__ commands, you can tell _GDBN__ to
4584ignore range errors; to always treat them as errors and abandon the
4585expression; or to issue warnings when a range error occurs but evaluate
4586the expression anyway.
4587
4588A range error can result from numerical overflow, from exceeding an
4589array index bound, or when you type in a constant that is not a member
4590of any type. Some languages, however, do not treat overflows as an
4591error. In many implementations of C, mathematical overflow causes the
4592result to ``wrap around'' to lower values---for example, if @var{m} is
4593the largest integer value, and @var{s} is the smallest, then
1041a570 4594
c2bbbb22
RP
4595@example
4596@var{m} + 1 @result{} @var{s}
4597@end example
4598
4599This, too, is specific to individual languages, and in some cases
1041a570 4600specific to individual compilers or machines. @xref{Support, ,
c2bbbb22
RP
4601Supported Languages}, for further details on specific languages.
4602
4603_GDBN__ provides some additional commands for controlling the range checker:
4604
4605@kindex set check
4606@kindex set check range
4607@kindex show check range
4608@table @code
4609@item set check range auto
e251e767 4610Set range checking on or off based on the current working language.
1041a570 4611@xref{Support, ,Supported Languages}, for the default settings for
c2bbbb22
RP
4612each language.
4613
4614@item set check range on
4615@itemx set check range off
4616Set range checking on or off, overriding the default setting for the
4617current working language. A warning is issued if the setting does not
4618match the language's default. If a range error occurs, then a message
4619is printed and evaluation of the expression is aborted.
4620
4621@item set check range warn
4622Output messages when the _GDBN__ range checker detects a range error,
4623but attempt to evaluate the expression anyway. Evaluating the
4624expression may still be impossible for other reasons, such as accessing
4625memory that the process does not own (a typical example from many UNIX
4626systems).
4627
4628@item show range
e251e767 4629Show the current setting of the range checker, and whether or not it is
c2bbbb22
RP
4630being set automatically by _GDBN__.
4631@end table
4632
4633@node Support, , Checks, Languages
4634@section Supported Languages
4635
1041a570
RP
4636_GDBN__ 4 supports C, C++, and Modula-2. The syntax for C and C++ is so
4637closely related that _GDBN__ does not distinguish the two. Some _GDBN__
4638features may be used in expressions regardless of the language you
4639use: the _GDBN__ @code{@@} and @code{::} operators, and the
4640@samp{@{type@}addr} construct (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}) can be
4641used with the constructs of any of the supported languages.
c2bbbb22
RP
4642
4643The following sections detail to what degree each of these
4644source languages is supported by _GDBN__. These sections are
4645not meant to be language tutorials or references, but serve only as a
4646reference guide to what the _GDBN__ expression parser will accept, and
4647what input and output formats should look like for different languages.
4648There are many good books written on each of these languages; please
4649look to these for a language reference or tutorial.
4650
4651@menu
4652* C:: C and C++
4653* Modula-2:: Modula-2
4654@end menu
4655
4656@node C, Modula-2, Support, Support
4657@subsection C and C++
4658@cindex C and C++
4659
4660@cindex expressions in C or C++
4661Since C and C++ are so closely related, _GDBN__ does not distinguish
4662between them when interpreting the expressions recognized in _GDBN__
e251e767 4663commands.
b80282d5
RP
4664
4665@cindex C++
4666@kindex g++
4667@cindex GNU C++
c2bbbb22
RP
4668The C++ debugging facilities are jointly implemented by the GNU C++
4669compiler and _GDBN__. Therefore, to debug your C++ code effectively,
4670you must compile your C++ programs with the GNU C++ compiler,
4671@code{g++}.
4672
b80282d5 4673@menu
c2bbbb22
RP
4674* C Operators:: C and C++ Operators
4675* C Constants:: C and C++ Constants
4676* Cplusplus expressions:: C++ Expressions
4677* C Defaults:: Default settings for C and C++
4678* C Checks:: C and C++ Type and Range Checks
4679* Debugging C:: _GDBN__ and C
4680* Debugging C plus plus:: Special features for C++
b80282d5
RP
4681@end menu
4682
c2bbbb22
RP
4683@cindex C and C++ operators
4684@node C Operators, C Constants, C, C
4685@subsubsection C and C++ Operators
4686
4687Operators must be defined on values of specific types. For instance,
4688@code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on structures. Operators are
4689often defined on groups of types. For the purposes of C and C++, the
4690following definitions hold:
4691
4692@itemize @bullet
e251e767 4693@item
c2bbbb22
RP
4694@emph{Integral types} include @code{int} with any of its storage-class
4695specifiers, @code{char}, and @code{enum}s.
4696
4697@item
4698@emph{Floating-point types} include @code{float} and @code{double}.
4699
4700@item
4701@emph{Pointer types} include all types defined as @code{(@var{type}
4702*)}.
4703
e251e767 4704@item
c2bbbb22 4705@emph{Scalar types} include all of the above.
c2bbbb22
RP
4706@end itemize
4707
4708@noindent
4709The following operators are supported. They are listed here
4710in order of increasing precedence:
4711
4712@table @code
1041a570 4713_0__@item ,
c2bbbb22
RP
4714The comma or sequencing operator. Expressions in a comma-separated list
4715are evaluated from left to right, with the result of the entire
4716expression being the last expression evaluated.
4717
4718@item =
4719Assignment. The value of an assignment expression is the value
4720assigned. Defined on scalar types.
4721
4722@item @var{op}=
1041a570
RP
4723Used in an expression of the form @w{@code{@var{a} @var{op}= @var{b}}},
4724and translated to @w{@code{@var{a} = @var{a op b}}}.
4725@w{@code{@var{op}=}} and @code{=} have the same precendence.
4726@var{op} is any one of the operators @code{|}, @code{^}, @code{&},
4727@code{<<}, @code{>>}, @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{%}.
c2bbbb22
RP
4728
4729@item ?:
4730The ternary operator. @code{@var{a} ? @var{b} : @var{c}} can be thought
4731of as: if @var{a} then @var{b} else @var{c}. @var{a} should be of an
4732integral type.
4733
4734@item ||
1041a570 4735Logical @sc{or}. Defined on integral types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4736
4737@item &&
1041a570 4738Logical @sc{and}. Defined on integral types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4739
4740@item |
1041a570 4741Bitwise @sc{or}. Defined on integral types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4742
4743@item ^
1041a570 4744Bitwise exclusive-@sc{or}. Defined on integral types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4745
4746@item &
1041a570 4747Bitwise @sc{and}. Defined on integral types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4748
4749@item ==@r{, }!=
4750Equality and inequality. Defined on scalar types. The value of these
4751expressions is 0 for false and non-zero for true.
4752
4753@item <@r{, }>@r{, }<=@r{, }>=
4754Less than, greater than, less than or equal, greater than or equal.
4755Defined on scalar types. The value of these expressions is 0 for false
4756and non-zero for true.
4757
4758@item <<@r{, }>>
4759left shift, and right shift. Defined on integral types.
4760
e251e767 4761@item @@
1041a570 4762The _GDBN__ ``artificial array'' operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}).
c2bbbb22
RP
4763
4764@item +@r{, }-
4765Addition and subtraction. Defined on integral types, floating-point types and
e251e767 4766pointer types.
c2bbbb22
RP
4767
4768@item *@r{, }/@r{, }%
4769Multiplication, division, and modulus. Multiplication and division are
4770defined on integral and floating-point types. Modulus is defined on
4771integral types.
4772
4773@item ++@r{, }--
4774Increment and decrement. When appearing before a variable, the
4775operation is performed before the variable is used in an expression;
4776when appearing after it, the variable's value is used before the
4777operation takes place.
4778
4779@item *
4780Pointer dereferencing. Defined on pointer types. Same precedence as
4781@code{++}.
4782
4783@item &
4784Address operator. Defined on variables. Same precedence as @code{++}.
4785
6ca72cc6
RP
4786For debugging C++, _GDBN__ implements a use of @samp{&} beyond what's
4787allowed in the C++ language itself: you can use @samp{&(&@var{ref})}
4788(or, if you prefer, simply @samp{&&@var{ref}} to examine the address
4789where a C++ reference variable (declared with @samp{&@var{ref}}) is
4790stored.
4791
c2bbbb22
RP
4792@item -
4793Negative. Defined on integral and floating-point types. Same
4794precedence as @code{++}.
4795
4796@item !
4797Logical negation. Defined on integral types. Same precedence as
4798@code{++}.
4799
4800@item ~
4801Bitwise complement operator. Defined on integral types. Same precedence as
4802@code{++}.
4803
4804@item .@r{, }->
4805Structure member, and pointer-to-structure member. For convenience,
4806_GDBN__ regards the two as equivalent, choosing whether to dereference a
e251e767 4807pointer based on the stored type information.
c2bbbb22
RP
4808Defined on @code{struct}s and @code{union}s.
4809
4810@item []
4811Array indexing. @code{@var{a}[@var{i}]} is defined as
4812@code{*(@var{a}+@var{i})}. Same precedence as @code{->}.
4813
4814@item ()
4815Function parameter list. Same precedence as @code{->}.
4816
4817@item ::
4818C++ scope resolution operator. Defined on
4819@code{struct}, @code{union}, and @code{class} types.
4820
4821@item ::
1041a570
RP
4822The _GDBN__ scope operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). Same precedence as
4823@code{::}, above._1__
c2bbbb22
RP
4824@end table
4825
4826@cindex C and C++ constants
4827@node C Constants, Cplusplus expressions, C Operators, C
4828@subsubsection C and C++ Constants
4829
4830_GDBN__ allows you to express the constants of C and C++ in the
4831following ways:
4832
4833@itemize @bullet
c2bbbb22
RP
4834@item
4835Integer constants are a sequence of digits. Octal constants are
4836specified by a leading @samp{0} (ie. zero), and hexadecimal constants by
1041a570 4837a leading @samp{0x} or @samp{0X}. Constants may also end with a letter
c2bbbb22
RP
4838@samp{l}, specifying that the constant should be treated as a
4839@code{long} value.
4840
4841@item
4842Floating point constants are a sequence of digits, followed by a decimal
4843point, followed by a sequence of digits, and optionally followed by an
4844exponent. An exponent is of the form:
4845@samp{@w{e@r{[[}+@r{]|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}}}, where @var{nnn} is another
4846sequence of digits. The @samp{+} is optional for positive exponents.
4847
4848@item
4849Enumerated constants consist of enumerated identifiers, or their
4850integral equivalents.
4851
4852@item
4853Character constants are a single character surrounded by single quotes
4854(@code{'}), or a number---the ordinal value of the corresponding character
4855(usually its @sc{ASCII} value). Within quotes, the single character may
4856be represented by a letter or by @dfn{escape sequences}, which are of
4857the form @samp{\@var{nnn}}, where @var{nnn} is the octal representation
4858of the character's ordinal value; or of the form @samp{\@var{x}}, where
4859@samp{@var{x}} is a predefined special character---for example,
4860@samp{\n} for newline.
4861
4862@item
4863String constants are a sequence of character constants surrounded
4864by double quotes (@code{"}).
4865
4866@item
4867Pointer constants are an integral value.
c2bbbb22
RP
4868@end itemize
4869
c2bbbb22
RP
4870@node Cplusplus expressions, C Defaults, C Constants, C
4871@subsubsection C++ Expressions
b80282d5
RP
4872
4873@cindex expressions in C++
c2bbbb22
RP
4874_GDBN__'s expression handling has the following extensions to
4875interpret a significant subset of C++ expressions:
b80282d5
RP
4876
4877@enumerate
4878
4879@cindex member functions
e251e767 4880@item
b80282d5 4881Member function calls are allowed; you can use expressions like
1041a570 4882
b80282d5
RP
4883@example
4884count = aml->GetOriginal(x, y)
4885@end example
4886
4887@kindex this
4888@cindex namespace in C++
e251e767 4889@item
b80282d5
RP
4890While a member function is active (in the selected stack frame), your
4891expressions have the same namespace available as the member function;
4892that is, _GDBN__ allows implicit references to the class instance
4893pointer @code{this} following the same rules as C++.
4894
4895@cindex call overloaded functions
4896@cindex type conversions in C++
e251e767 4897@item
b80282d5
RP
4898You can call overloaded functions; _GDBN__ will resolve the function
4899call to the right definition, with one restriction---you must use
4900arguments of the type required by the function that you want to call.
4901_GDBN__ will not perform conversions requiring constructors or
4902user-defined type operators.
4903
4904@cindex reference declarations
4905@item
4906_GDBN__ understands variables declared as C++ references; you can use them in
4907expressions just as you do in C++ source---they are automatically
e251e767 4908dereferenced.
b80282d5
RP
4909
4910In the parameter list shown when _GDBN__ displays a frame, the values of
4911reference variables are not displayed (unlike other variables); this
4912avoids clutter, since references are often used for large structures.
4913The @emph{address} of a reference variable is always shown, unless
1041a570 4914you have specified @samp{set print address off}.
b80282d5
RP
4915
4916@item
4917_GDBN__ supports the C++ name resolution operator @code{::}---your
c2bbbb22
RP
4918expressions can use it just as expressions in your program do. Since
4919one scope may be defined in another, you can use @code{::} repeatedly if
4920necessary, for example in an expression like
4921@samp{@var{scope1}::@var{scope2}::@var{name}}. _GDBN__ also allows
4922resolving name scope by reference to source files, in both C and C++
1041a570 4923debugging (@pxref{Variables, ,Program Variables}).
b80282d5
RP
4924@end enumerate
4925
c2bbbb22
RP
4926@node C Defaults, C Checks, Cplusplus expressions, C
4927@subsubsection C and C++ Defaults
4928@cindex C and C++ defaults
4929
e251e767
RP
4930If you allow _GDBN__ to set type and range checking automatically, they
4931both default to @code{off} whenever the working language changes to
c2bbbb22
RP
4932C/C++. This happens regardless of whether you, or _GDBN__,
4933selected the working language.
4934
4935If you allow _GDBN__ to set the language automatically, it sets the
4936working language to C/C++ on entering code compiled from a source file
4937whose name ends with @file{.c} or @file{.cc}.
1041a570 4938@xref{Automatically, ,Having _GDBN__ infer the source language}, for
c2bbbb22
RP
4939further details.
4940
4941@node C Checks, Debugging C, C Defaults, C
4942@subsubsection C and C++ Type and Range Checks
4943@cindex C and C++ checks
4944
4945@quotation
4946@emph{Warning:} in this release, _GDBN__ does not yet perform type or
4947range checking.
4948@end quotation
4949@c FIXME remove warning when type/range checks added
4950
4951By default, when _GDBN__ parses C or C++ expressions, type checking
4952is not used. However, if you turn type checking on, _GDBN__ will
4953consider two variables type equivalent if:
4954
4955@itemize @bullet
4956@item
4957The two variables are structured and have the same structure, union, or
4958enumerated tag.
4959
e251e767 4960@item
c2bbbb22
RP
4961Two two variables have the same type name, or types that have been
4962declared equivalent through @code{typedef}.
4963
4964@ignore
4965@c leaving this out because neither J Gilmore nor R Pesch understand it.
4966@c FIXME--beers?
4967@item
4968The two @code{struct}, @code{union}, or @code{enum} variables are
4969declared in the same declaration. (Note: this may not be true for all C
4970compilers.)
4971@end ignore
c2bbbb22
RP
4972@end itemize
4973
4974Range checking, if turned on, is done on mathematical operations. Array
4975indices are not checked, since they are often used to index a pointer
4976that is not itself an array.
4977
4978@node Debugging C, Debugging C plus plus, C Checks, C
4979@subsubsection _GDBN__ and C
4980
4981The @code{set print union} and @code{show print union} commands apply to
4982the @code{union} type. When set to @samp{on}, any @code{union} that is
4983inside a @code{struct} or @code{class} will also be printed.
4984Otherwise, it will appear as @samp{@{...@}}.
4985
4986The @code{@@} operator aids in the debugging of dynamic arrays, formed
1041a570 4987with pointers and a memory allocation function. (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions})
c2bbbb22
RP
4988
4989@node Debugging C plus plus, , Debugging C, C
4990@subsubsection _GDBN__ Commands for C++
b80282d5
RP
4991
4992@cindex commands for C++
4993Some _GDBN__ commands are particularly useful with C++, and some are
4994designed specifically for use with C++. Here is a summary:
4995
4996@table @code
4997@cindex break in overloaded functions
4998@item @r{breakpoint menus}
4999When you want a breakpoint in a function whose name is overloaded,
5000_GDBN__'s breakpoint menus help you specify which function definition
5001you want. @xref{Breakpoint Menus}.
5002
5003@cindex overloading in C++
5004@item rbreak @var{regex}
5005Setting breakpoints using regular expressions is helpful for setting
5006breakpoints on overloaded functions that are not members of any special
e251e767 5007classes.
29a2b744 5008@xref{Set Breaks, ,Setting Breakpoints}.
b80282d5
RP
5009
5010@cindex C++ exception handling
5011@item catch @var{exceptions}
5012@itemx info catch
29a2b744 5013Debug C++ exception handling using these commands. @xref{Exception
1041a570 5014Handling, ,Breakpoints and Exceptions}.
b80282d5 5015
e251e767 5016@cindex inheritance
b80282d5
RP
5017@item ptype @var{typename}
5018Print inheritance relationships as well as other information for type
e251e767 5019@var{typename}.
1041a570 5020@xref{Symbols, ,Examining the Symbol Table}.
b80282d5
RP
5021
5022@cindex C++ symbol display
5023@item set print demangle
5024@itemx show print demangle
5025@itemx set print asm-demangle
5026@itemx show print asm-demangle
5027Control whether C++ symbols display in their source form, both when
5028displaying code as C++ source and when displaying disassemblies.
1041a570 5029@xref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}.
b80282d5
RP
5030
5031@item set print object
5032@itemx show print object
e251e767 5033Choose whether to print derived (actual) or declared types of objects.
1041a570 5034@xref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}.
b80282d5
RP
5035
5036@item set print vtbl
5037@itemx show print vtbl
5038Control the format for printing virtual function tables.
1041a570 5039@xref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}.
b80282d5
RP
5040@end table
5041
c2bbbb22
RP
5042@node Modula-2, , C, Support
5043@subsection Modula-2
5044@cindex Modula-2
5045
5046The extensions made to _GDBN__ to support Modula-2 support output
5047from the GNU Modula-2 compiler (which is currently being developed).
5048Other Modula-2 compilers are not currently supported, and attempting to
5049debug executables produced by them will most likely result in an error
5050as _GDBN__ reads in the executable's symbol table.
5051
5052@cindex expressions in Modula-2
5053@menu
5054* M2 Operators:: Built-in operators
29a2b744 5055* Built-In Func/Proc:: Built-in Functions and Procedures
c2bbbb22
RP
5056* M2 Constants:: Modula-2 Constants
5057* M2 Defaults:: Default settings for Modula-2
5058* Deviations:: Deviations from standard Modula-2
5059* M2 Checks:: Modula-2 Type and Range Checks
5060* M2 Scope:: The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.}
5061* GDB/M2:: _GDBN__ and Modula-2
5062@end menu
5063
29a2b744 5064@node M2 Operators, Built-In Func/Proc, Modula-2, Modula-2
c2bbbb22
RP
5065@subsubsection Operators
5066@cindex Modula-2 operators
5067
5068Operators must be defined on values of specific types. For instance,
5069@code{+} is defined on numbers, but not on structures. Operators are
5070often defined on groups of types. For the purposes of Modula-2, the
5071following definitions hold:
5072
5073@itemize @bullet
5074
5075@item
5076@emph{Integral types} consist of @code{INTEGER}, @code{CARDINAL}, and
5077their subranges.
5078
5079@item
5080@emph{Character types} consist of @code{CHAR} and its subranges.
5081
5082@item
5083@emph{Floating-point types} consist of @code{REAL}.
5084
5085@item
5086@emph{Pointer types} consist of anything declared as @code{POINTER TO
5087@var{type}}.
5088
5089@item
5090@emph{Scalar types} consist of all of the above.
5091
5092@item
5093@emph{Set types} consist of @code{SET}s and @code{BITSET}s.
5094
5095@item
5096@emph{Boolean types} consist of @code{BOOLEAN}.
c2bbbb22
RP
5097@end itemize
5098
5099@noindent
5100The following operators are supported, and appear in order of
5101increasing precedence:
5102
5103@table @code
c2bbbb22
RP
5104@item ,
5105Function argument or array index separator.
1041a570 5106_0__
c2bbbb22
RP
5107@item :=
5108Assignment. The value of @var{var} @code{:=} @var{value} is
5109@var{value}.
5110
5111@item <@r{, }>
5112Less than, greater than on integral, floating-point, or enumerated
5113types.
5114
5115@item <=@r{, }>=
5116Less than, greater than, less than or equal to, greater than or equal to
5117on integral, floating-point and enumerated types, or set inclusion on
5118set types. Same precedence as @code{<}.
5119
5120@item =@r{, }<>@r{, }#
5121Equality and two ways of expressing inequality, valid on scalar types.
5122Same precedence as @code{<}. In _GDBN__ scripts, only @code{<>} is
5123available for inequality, since @code{#} conflicts with the script
5124comment character.
5125
5126@item IN
5127Set membership. Defined on set types and the types of their members.
5128Same precedence as @code{<}.
5129
5130@item OR
5131Boolean disjunction. Defined on boolean types.
5132
5133@item AND@r{, }&
5134Boolean conjuction. Defined on boolean types.
5135
5136@item @@
1041a570 5137The _GDBN__ ``artificial array'' operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}).
c2bbbb22
RP
5138
5139@item +@r{, }-
5140Addition and subtraction on integral and floating-point types, or union
5141and difference on set types.
5142
5143@item *
5144Multiplication on integral and floating-point types, or set intersection
5145on set types.
5146
5147@item /
5148Division on floating-point types, or symmetric set difference on set
5149types. Same precedence as @code{*}.
5150
5151@item DIV@r{, }MOD
5152Integer division and remainder. Defined on integral types. Same
5153precedence as @code{*}.
5154
5155@item -
5156Negative. Defined on @code{INTEGER}s and @code{REAL}s.
5157
5158@item ^
e251e767 5159Pointer dereferencing. Defined on pointer types.
c2bbbb22
RP
5160
5161@item NOT
5162Boolean negation. Defined on boolean types. Same precedence as
5163@code{^}.
5164
5165@item .
5166@code{RECORD} field selector. Defined on @code{RECORD}s. Same
5167precedence as @code{^}.
5168
5169@item []
5170Array indexing. Defined on @code{ARRAY}s. Same precedence as @code{^}.
5171
5172@item ()
5173Procedure argument list. Defined on @code{PROCEDURE}s. Same precedence
5174as @code{^}.
5175
5176@item ::@r{, }.
5177_GDBN__ and Modula-2 scope operators.
c2bbbb22
RP
5178@end table
5179
5180@quotation
5181@emph{Warning:} Sets and their operations are not yet supported, so _GDBN__
5182will treat the use of the operator @code{IN}, or the use of operators
5183@code{+}, @code{-}, @code{*}, @code{/}, @code{=}, , @code{<>}, @code{#},
5184@code{<=}, and @code{>=} on sets as an error.
5185@end quotation
5186_1__
29a2b744
RP
5187@cindex Modula-2 built-ins
5188@node Built-In Func/Proc, M2 Constants, M2 Operators, Modula-2
c2bbbb22
RP
5189@subsubsection Built-in Functions and Procedures
5190
5191Modula-2 also makes available several built-in procedures and functions.
5192In describing these, the following metavariables are used:
5193
5194@table @var
5195
5196@item a
5197represents an @code{ARRAY} variable.
5198
5199@item c
5200represents a @code{CHAR} constant or variable.
5201
5202@item i
5203represents a variable or constant of integral type.
5204
5205@item m
5206represents an identifier that belongs to a set. Generally used in the
5207same function with the metavariable @var{s}. The type of @var{s} should
5208be @code{SET OF @var{mtype}} (where @var{mtype} is the type of @var{m}.
5209
5210@item n
5211represents a variable or constant of integral or floating-point type.
5212
5213@item r
5214represents a variable or constant of floating-point type.
5215
5216@item t
5217represents a type.
5218
5219@item v
5220represents a variable.
5221
5222@item x
5223represents a variable or constant of one of many types. See the
5224explanation of the function for details.
c2bbbb22
RP
5225@end table
5226
5227All Modula-2 built-in procedures also return a result, described below.
5228
5229@table @code
5230@item ABS(@var{n})
5231Returns the absolute value of @var{n}.
5232
5233@item CAP(@var{c})
5234If @var{c} is a lower case letter, it returns its upper case
5235equivalent, otherwise it returns its argument
5236
5237@item CHR(@var{i})
5238Returns the character whose ordinal value is @var{i}.
5239
5240@item DEC(@var{v})
5241Decrements the value in the variable @var{v}. Returns the new value.
5242
5243@item DEC(@var{v},@var{i})
5244Decrements the value in the variable @var{v} by @var{i}. Returns the
5245new value.
5246
5247@item EXCL(@var{m},@var{s})
5248Removes the element @var{m} from the set @var{s}. Returns the new
5249set.
5250
5251@item FLOAT(@var{i})
5252Returns the floating point equivalent of the integer @var{i}.
5253
5254@item HIGH(@var{a})
5255Returns the index of the last member of @var{a}.
5256
5257@item INC(@var{v})
5258Increments the value in the variable @var{v}. Returns the new value.
5259
5260@item INC(@var{v},@var{i})
5261Increments the value in the variable @var{v} by @var{i}. Returns the
5262new value.
5263
5264@item INCL(@var{m},@var{s})
5265Adds the element @var{m} to the set @var{s} if it is not already
5266there. Returns the new set.
5267
5268@item MAX(@var{t})
5269Returns the maximum value of the type @var{t}.
5270
5271@item MIN(@var{t})
5272Returns the minimum value of the type @var{t}.
5273
5274@item ODD(@var{i})
5275Returns boolean TRUE if @var{i} is an odd number.
5276
5277@item ORD(@var{x})
5278Returns the ordinal value of its argument. For example, the ordinal
5279value of a character is its ASCII value (on machines supporting the
5280ASCII character set). @var{x} must be of an ordered type, which include
5281integral, character and enumerated types.
5282
5283@item SIZE(@var{x})
5284Returns the size of its argument. @var{x} can be a variable or a type.
5285
5286@item TRUNC(@var{r})
5287Returns the integral part of @var{r}.
5288
5289@item VAL(@var{t},@var{i})
5290Returns the member of the type @var{t} whose ordinal value is @var{i}.
5291@end table
5292
5293@quotation
5294@emph{Warning:} Sets and their operations are not yet supported, so
5295_GDBN__ will treat the use of procedures @code{INCL} and @code{EXCL} as
5296an error.
5297@end quotation
5298
5299@cindex Modula-2 constants
29a2b744 5300@node M2 Constants, M2 Defaults, Built-In Func/Proc, Modula-2
c2bbbb22
RP
5301@subsubsection Constants
5302
5303_GDBN__ allows you to express the constants of Modula-2 in the following
5304ways:
5305
5306@itemize @bullet
5307
5308@item
5309Integer constants are simply a sequence of digits. When used in an
5310expression, a constant is interpreted to be type-compatible with the
5311rest of the expression. Hexadecimal integers are specified by a
5312trailing @samp{H}, and octal integers by a trailing @samp{B}.
5313
5314@item
5315Floating point constants appear as a sequence of digits, followed by a
5316decimal point and another sequence of digits. An optional exponent can
5317then be specified, in the form @samp{E@r{[}+@r{|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}}, where
5318@samp{@r{[}+@r{|}-@r{]}@var{nnn}} is the desired exponent. All of the
5319digits of the floating point constant must be valid decimal (base 10)
5320digits.
5321
5322@item
5323Character constants consist of a single character enclosed by a pair of
5324like quotes, either single (@code{'}) or double (@code{"}). They may
5325also be expressed by their ordinal value (their ASCII value, usually)
5326followed by a @samp{C}.
5327
5328@item
1041a570
RP
5329String constants consist of a sequence of characters enclosed by a
5330pair of like quotes, either single (@code{'}) or double (@code{"}).
5331Escape sequences in the style of C are also allowed. @xref{C
5332Constants, ,C and C++ Constants}, for a brief explanation of escape
5333sequences.
c2bbbb22
RP
5334
5335@item
5336Enumerated constants consist of an enumerated identifier.
5337
5338@item
5339Boolean constants consist of the identifiers @code{TRUE} and
5340@code{FALSE}.
5341
5342@item
5343Pointer constants consist of integral values only.
5344
5345@item
5346Set constants are not yet supported.
c2bbbb22
RP
5347@end itemize
5348
5349@node M2 Defaults, Deviations, M2 Constants, Modula-2
5350@subsubsection Modula-2 Defaults
5351@cindex Modula-2 defaults
5352
e251e767
RP
5353If type and range checking are set automatically by _GDBN__, they
5354both default to @code{on} whenever the working language changes to
c2bbbb22
RP
5355Modula-2. This happens regardless of whether you, or _GDBN__,
5356selected the working language.
5357
5358If you allow _GDBN__ to set the language automatically, then entering
5359code compiled from a file whose name ends with @file{.mod} will set the
1041a570 5360working language to Modula-2. @xref{Automatically, ,Having _GDBN__ set
c2bbbb22
RP
5361the language automatically}, for further details.
5362
5363@node Deviations, M2 Checks, M2 Defaults, Modula-2
5364@subsubsection Deviations from Standard Modula-2
5365@cindex Modula-2, deviations from
5366
5367A few changes have been made to make Modula-2 programs easier to debug.
5368This is done primarily via loosening its type strictness:
5369
5370@itemize @bullet
e251e767 5371@item
c2bbbb22
RP
5372Unlike in standard Modula-2, pointer constants can be formed by
5373integers. This allows you to modify pointer variables during
5374debugging. (In standard Modula-2, the actual address contained in a
5375pointer variable is hidden from you; it can only be modified
5376through direct assignment to another pointer variable or expression that
5377returned a pointer.)
5378
e251e767 5379@item
c2bbbb22
RP
5380C escape sequences can be used in strings and characters to represent
5381non-printable characters. _GDBN__ will print out strings with these
5382escape sequences embedded. Single non-printable characters are
5383printed using the @samp{CHR(@var{nnn})} format.
5384
5385@item
5386The assignment operator (@code{:=}) returns the value of its right-hand
5387argument.
5388
5389@item
29a2b744 5390All built-in procedures both modify @emph{and} return their argument.
e251e767 5391@end itemize
c2bbbb22
RP
5392
5393@node M2 Checks, M2 Scope, Deviations, Modula-2
5394@subsubsection Modula-2 Type and Range Checks
5395@cindex Modula-2 checks
5396
5397@quotation
5398@emph{Warning:} in this release, _GDBN__ does not yet perform type or
5399range checking.
5400@end quotation
5401@c FIXME remove warning when type/range checks added
5402
5403_GDBN__ considers two Modula-2 variables type equivalent if:
5404
5405@itemize @bullet
5406@item
5407They are of types that have been declared equivalent via a @code{TYPE
5408@var{t1} = @var{t2}} statement
5409
5410@item
5411They have been declared on the same line. (Note: This is true of the
5412GNU Modula-2 compiler, but it may not be true of other compilers.)
c2bbbb22
RP
5413@end itemize
5414
5415As long as type checking is enabled, any attempt to combine variables
5416whose types are not equivalent is an error.
5417
5418Range checking is done on all mathematical operations, assignment, array
29a2b744 5419index bounds, and all built-in functions and procedures.
c2bbbb22
RP
5420
5421@node M2 Scope, GDB/M2, M2 Checks, Modula-2
5422@subsubsection The scope operators @code{::} and @code{.}
5423@cindex scope
5424@kindex .
e94b4a2b 5425@cindex colon, doubled as scope operator
1041a570
RP
5426@ifinfo
5427@kindex colon-colon
5428@c Info cannot handoe :: but TeX can.
5429@end ifinfo
5430@iftex
c2bbbb22 5431@kindex ::
1041a570 5432@end iftex
c2bbbb22
RP
5433
5434There are a few subtle differences between the Modula-2 scope operator
5435(@code{.}) and the _GDBN__ scope operator (@code{::}). The two have
5436similar syntax:
5437
5438@example
5439
5440@var{module} . @var{id}
5441@var{scope} :: @var{id}
c2bbbb22
RP
5442@end example
5443
5444@noindent
5445where @var{scope} is the name of a module or a procedure,
29a2b744
RP
5446@var{module} the name of a module, and @var{id} is any declared
5447identifier within your program, except another module.
c2bbbb22
RP
5448
5449Using the @code{::} operator makes _GDBN__ search the scope
5450specified by @var{scope} for the identifier @var{id}. If it is not
5451found in the specified scope, then _GDBN__ will search all scopes
5452enclosing the one specified by @var{scope}.
5453
5454Using the @code{.} operator makes _GDBN__ search the current scope for
5455the identifier specified by @var{id} that was imported from the
5456definition module specified by @var{module}. With this operator, it is
5457an error if the identifier @var{id} was not imported from definition
5458module @var{module}, or if @var{id} is not an identifier in
5459@var{module}.
5460
5461@node GDB/M2, , M2 Scope, Modula-2
5462@subsubsection _GDBN__ and Modula-2
5463
5464Some _GDBN__ commands have little use when debugging Modula-2 programs.
5465Five subcommands of @code{set print} and @code{show print} apply
5466specifically to C and C++: @samp{vtbl}, @samp{demangle},
5467@samp{asm-demangle}, @samp{object}, and @samp{union}. The first four
5468apply to C++, and the last to C's @code{union} type, which has no direct
5469analogue in Modula-2.
5470
1041a570 5471The @code{@@} operator (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}), while available
c2bbbb22
RP
5472while using any language, is not useful with Modula-2. Its
5473intent is to aid the debugging of @dfn{dynamic arrays}, which cannot be
5474created in Modula-2 as they can in C or C++. However, because an
5475address can be specified by an integral constant, the construct
1041a570 5476@samp{@{@var{type}@}@var{adrexp}} is still useful. (@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions})
c2bbbb22
RP
5477_0__
5478@cindex @code{#} in Modula-2
5479In _GDBN__ scripts, the Modula-2 inequality operator @code{#} is
5480interpreted as the beginning of a comment. Use @code{<>} instead.
5481_1__
c2bbbb22 5482@node Symbols, Altering, Languages, Top
70b88761
RP
5483@chapter Examining the Symbol Table
5484
5485The commands described in this section allow you to inquire about the
5486symbols (names of variables, functions and types) defined in your
5487program. This information is inherent in the text of your program and
29a2b744 5488does not change as your program executes. _GDBN__ finds it in your
e251e767 5489program's symbol table, in the file indicated when you started _GDBN__
1041a570
RP
5490(@pxref{File Options, ,Choosing Files}), or by one of the
5491file-management commands (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}).
70b88761
RP
5492
5493@table @code
5494@item info address @var{symbol}
5495@kindex info address
5496Describe where the data for @var{symbol} is stored. For a register
5497variable, this says which register it is kept in. For a non-register
5498local variable, this prints the stack-frame offset at which the variable
5499is always stored.
5500
5501Note the contrast with @samp{print &@var{symbol}}, which does not work
5502at all for a register variables, and for a stack local variable prints
5503the exact address of the current instantiation of the variable.
5504
5505@item whatis @var{exp}
5506@kindex whatis
5507Print the data type of expression @var{exp}. @var{exp} is not
5508actually evaluated, and any side-effecting operations (such as
5509assignments or function calls) inside it do not take place.
1041a570 5510@xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}.
70b88761
RP
5511
5512@item whatis
5513Print the data type of @code{$}, the last value in the value history.
5514
5515@item ptype @var{typename}
5516@kindex ptype
5517Print a description of data type @var{typename}. @var{typename} may be
5518the name of a type, or for C code it may have the form
5519@samp{struct @var{struct-tag}}, @samp{union @var{union-tag}} or
1041a570 5520@samp{enum @var{enum-tag}}.
70b88761
RP
5521
5522@item ptype @var{exp}
e0dacfd1 5523@itemx ptype
70b88761 5524Print a description of the type of expression @var{exp}. @code{ptype}
1041a570
RP
5525differs from @code{whatis} by printing a detailed description, instead
5526of just the name of the type. For example, if your program declares a
5527variable as
5528
70b88761
RP
5529@example
5530struct complex @{double real; double imag;@} v;
5531@end example
1041a570 5532
70b88761
RP
5533@noindent
5534compare the output of the two commands:
1041a570 5535
70b88761 5536@example
1041a570 5537@group
70b88761
RP
5538(_GDBP__) whatis v
5539type = struct complex
5540(_GDBP__) ptype v
5541type = struct complex @{
5542 double real;
5543 double imag;
5544@}
1041a570 5545@end group
70b88761 5546@end example
1041a570 5547
e0dacfd1
RP
5548@noindent
5549As with @code{whatis}, using @code{ptype} without an argument refers to
5550the type of @code{$}, the last value in the value history.
70b88761
RP
5551
5552@item info types @var{regexp}
5553@itemx info types
e251e767 5554@kindex info types
70b88761
RP
5555Print a brief description of all types whose name matches @var{regexp}
5556(or all types in your program, if you supply no argument). Each
5557complete typename is matched as though it were a complete line; thus,
5558@samp{i type value} gives information on all types in your program whose
5559name includes the string @code{value}, but @samp{i type ^value$} gives
5560information only on types whose complete name is @code{value}.
5561
5562This command differs from @code{ptype} in two ways: first, like
5563@code{whatis}, it does not print a detailed description; second, it
5564lists all source files where a type is defined.
5565
5566@item info source
5567@kindex info source
5568Show the name of the current source file---that is, the source file for
c2bbbb22
RP
5569the function containing the current point of execution---and the language
5570it was written in.
70b88761
RP
5571
5572@item info sources
5573@kindex info sources
29a2b744 5574Print the names of all source files in your program for which there is
b80282d5
RP
5575debugging information, organized into two lists: files whose symbols
5576have already been read, and files whose symbols will be read when needed.
70b88761
RP
5577
5578@item info functions
5579@kindex info functions
5580Print the names and data types of all defined functions.
5581
5582@item info functions @var{regexp}
5583Print the names and data types of all defined functions
5584whose names contain a match for regular expression @var{regexp}.
5585Thus, @samp{info fun step} finds all functions whose names
5586include @code{step}; @samp{info fun ^step} finds those whose names
5587start with @code{step}.
5588
5589@item info variables
5590@kindex info variables
5591Print the names and data types of all variables that are declared
5592outside of functions (i.e., excluding local variables).
5593
5594@item info variables @var{regexp}
5595Print the names and data types of all variables (except for local
5596variables) whose names contain a match for regular expression
5597@var{regexp}.
5598
70b88761
RP
5599@ignore
5600This was never implemented.
5601@item info methods
5602@itemx info methods @var{regexp}
5603@kindex info methods
5604The @code{info methods} command permits the user to examine all defined
5605methods within C++ program, or (with the @var{regexp} argument) a
5606specific set of methods found in the various C++ classes. Many
5607C++ classes provide a large number of methods. Thus, the output
5608from the @code{ptype} command can be overwhelming and hard to use. The
5609@code{info-methods} command filters the methods, printing only those
5610which match the regular-expression @var{regexp}.
5611@end ignore
5612
5613@item printsyms @var{filename}
440d9834 5614@itemx printpsyms @var{filename}
d24e0922 5615@itemx printmsyms @var{filename}
70b88761 5616@kindex printsyms
440d9834
RP
5617@cindex symbol dump
5618@kindex printsyms
5619@cindex partial symbol dump
5620Write a dump of debugging symbol data into the file @var{filename}.
e0dacfd1
RP
5621These commands are used to debug the _GDBN__ symbol-reading code. Only
5622symbols with debugging data are included. If you use @code{printsyms},
5623_GDBN__ includes all the symbols for which it has already collected full
5624details: that is, @var{filename} reflects symbols for only those files
5625whose symbols _GDBN__ has read. You can use the command @code{info
5626sources} to find out which files these are. If you use
d24e0922 5627@code{printpsyms} instead, the dump shows information about symbols that
e0dacfd1 5628_GDBN__ only knows partially---that is, symbols defined in files that
d24e0922
RP
5629_GDBN__ has skimmed, but not yet read completely. Finally,
5630@code{printmsyms} dumos just the minimal symbol information required for
5631each object file from which _GDBN__ has read some symbols. The description of
5632@code{symbol-file} explains how _GDBN__ reads symbols; both @code{info
5633source} and @code{symbol-file} are described in @ref{Files, ,Commands
5634to Specify Files}.
70b88761
RP
5635@end table
5636
5637@node Altering, _GDBN__ Files, Symbols, Top
5638@chapter Altering Execution
5639
29a2b744 5640Once you think you have found an error in your program, you might want to
70b88761
RP
5641find out for certain whether correcting the apparent error would lead to
5642correct results in the rest of the run. You can find the answer by
5643experiment, using the _GDBN__ features for altering execution of the
5644program.
5645
5646For example, you can store new values into variables or memory
29a2b744 5647locations, give your program a signal, restart it at a different address,
70b88761
RP
5648or even return prematurely from a function to its caller.
5649
5650@menu
b80282d5
RP
5651* Assignment:: Assignment to Variables
5652* Jumping:: Continuing at a Different Address
29a2b744 5653* Signaling:: Giving your program a Signal
b80282d5
RP
5654* Returning:: Returning from a Function
5655* Calling:: Calling your Program's Functions
c338a2fd 5656* Patching:: Patching your Program
70b88761
RP
5657@end menu
5658
5659@node Assignment, Jumping, Altering, Altering
5660@section Assignment to Variables
5661
5662@cindex assignment
5663@cindex setting variables
5664To alter the value of a variable, evaluate an assignment expression.
1041a570 5665@xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}. For example,
70b88761
RP
5666
5667@example
5668print x=4
5669@end example
5670
5671@noindent
1041a570
RP
5672stores the value 4 into the variable @code{x}, and then prints the
5673value of the assignment expression (which is 4). @xref{Languages,
5674,Using _GDBN__ with Different Languages}, for more information on
5675operators in supported languages.
70b88761 5676
70b88761
RP
5677@kindex set variable
5678@cindex variables, setting
5679If you are not interested in seeing the value of the assignment, use the
5680@code{set} command instead of the @code{print} command. @code{set} is
5681really the same as @code{print} except that the expression's value is not
1041a570 5682printed and is not put in the value history (@pxref{Value History, ,Value History}). The
70b88761
RP
5683expression is evaluated only for its effects.
5684
5685If the beginning of the argument string of the @code{set} command
5686appears identical to a @code{set} subcommand, use the @code{set
5687variable} command instead of just @code{set}. This command is identical
5688to @code{set} except for its lack of subcommands. For example, a
5689program might well have a variable @code{width}---which leads to
5690an error if we try to set a new value with just @samp{set width=13}, as
1041a570
RP
5691we might if @code{set width} did not happen to be a _GDBN__ command:
5692
70b88761
RP
5693@example
5694(_GDBP__) whatis width
5695type = double
5696(_GDBP__) p width
5697$4 = 13
5698(_GDBP__) set width=47
5699Invalid syntax in expression.
5700@end example
1041a570 5701
70b88761
RP
5702@noindent
5703The invalid expression, of course, is @samp{=47}. What we can do in
e251e767 5704order to actually set our program's variable @code{width} is
1041a570 5705
70b88761
RP
5706@example
5707(_GDBP__) set var width=47
5708@end example
5709
1041a570
RP
5710_GDBN__ allows more implicit conversions in assignments than C; you can
5711freely store an integer value into a pointer variable or vice versa,
5712and any structure can be converted to any other structure that is the
5713same length or shorter.
e251e767 5714@comment FIXME: how do structs align/pad in these conversions?
70b88761
RP
5715@comment /pesch@cygnus.com 18dec1990
5716
5717To store values into arbitrary places in memory, use the @samp{@{@dots{}@}}
5718construct to generate a value of specified type at a specified address
1041a570 5719(@pxref{Expressions, ,Expressions}). For example, @code{@{int@}0x83040} refers
70b88761
RP
5720to memory location @code{0x83040} as an integer (which implies a certain size
5721and representation in memory), and
5722
5723@example
5724set @{int@}0x83040 = 4
5725@end example
5726
5727@noindent
5728stores the value 4 into that memory location.
5729
5730@node Jumping, Signaling, Assignment, Altering
5731@section Continuing at a Different Address
5732
29a2b744 5733Ordinarily, when you continue your program, you do so at the place where
70b88761
RP
5734it stopped, with the @code{continue} command. You can instead continue at
5735an address of your own choosing, with the following commands:
5736
5737@table @code
5738@item jump @var{linespec}
5739@kindex jump
5740Resume execution at line @var{linespec}. Execution will stop
29a2b744
RP
5741immediately if there is a breakpoint there. @xref{List, ,Printing
5742Source Lines}, for a description of the different forms of
5743@var{linespec}.
70b88761
RP
5744
5745The @code{jump} command does not change the current stack frame, or
5746the stack pointer, or the contents of any memory location or any
5747register other than the program counter. If line @var{linespec} is in
5748a different function from the one currently executing, the results may
5749be bizarre if the two functions expect different patterns of arguments or
5750of local variables. For this reason, the @code{jump} command requests
5751confirmation if the specified line is not in the function currently
5752executing. However, even bizarre results are predictable if you are
29a2b744 5753well acquainted with the machine-language code of your program.
70b88761
RP
5754
5755@item jump *@var{address}
5756Resume execution at the instruction at address @var{address}.
5757@end table
5758
5759You can get much the same effect as the @code{jump} command by storing a
5760new value into the register @code{$pc}. The difference is that this
29a2b744 5761does not start your program running; it only changes the address where it
70b88761
RP
5762@emph{will} run when it is continued. For example,
5763
5764@example
5765set $pc = 0x485
5766@end example
5767
5768@noindent
5769causes the next @code{continue} command or stepping command to execute at
1041a570
RP
5770address @code{0x485}, rather than at the address where your program stopped.
5771@xref{Continuing and Stepping, ,Continuing and Stepping}.
70b88761
RP
5772
5773The most common occasion to use the @code{jump} command is to back up,
5774perhaps with more breakpoints set, over a portion of a program that has
5775already executed, in order to examine its execution in more detail.
5776
5777@node Signaling, Returning, Jumping, Altering
5778@c @group
29a2b744 5779@section Giving your program a Signal
70b88761
RP
5780
5781@table @code
5782@item signal @var{signalnum}
5783@kindex signal
29a2b744 5784Resume execution where your program stopped, but give it immediately the
70b88761
RP
5785signal number @var{signalnum}.
5786
5787Alternatively, if @var{signalnum} is zero, continue execution without
29a2b744 5788giving a signal. This is useful when your program stopped on account of
70b88761
RP
5789a signal and would ordinary see the signal when resumed with the
5790@code{continue} command; @samp{signal 0} causes it to resume without a
5791signal.
5792
5793@code{signal} does not repeat when you press @key{RET} a second time
5794after executing the command.
5795@end table
5796@c @end group
5797
5798@node Returning, Calling, Signaling, Altering
5799@section Returning from a Function
5800
5801@table @code
5802@item return
5803@itemx return @var{expression}
5804@cindex returning from a function
5805@kindex return
5806You can cancel execution of a function call with the @code{return}
5807command. If you give an
5808@var{expression} argument, its value is used as the function's return
e251e767 5809value.
70b88761
RP
5810@end table
5811
5812When you use @code{return}, _GDBN__ discards the selected stack frame
5813(and all frames within it). You can think of this as making the
5814discarded frame return prematurely. If you wish to specify a value to
5815be returned, give that value as the argument to @code{return}.
5816
29a2b744
RP
5817This pops the selected stack frame (@pxref{Selection, ,Selecting a
5818Frame}), and any other frames inside of it, leaving its caller as the
5819innermost remaining frame. That frame becomes selected. The
5820specified value is stored in the registers used for returning values
5821of functions.
70b88761
RP
5822
5823The @code{return} command does not resume execution; it leaves the
5824program stopped in the state that would exist if the function had just
1041a570
RP
5825returned. In contrast, the @code{finish} command (@pxref{Continuing
5826and Stepping, ,Continuing and Stepping}) resumes execution until the
5827selected stack frame returns naturally.
70b88761 5828
c338a2fd 5829@node Calling, Patching, Returning, Altering
70b88761
RP
5830@section Calling your Program's Functions
5831
5832@cindex calling functions
5833@kindex call
5834@table @code
5835@item call @var{expr}
5836Evaluate the expression @var{expr} without displaying @code{void}
5837returned values.
5838@end table
5839
5840You can use this variant of the @code{print} command if you want to
5841execute a function from your program, but without cluttering the output
5842with @code{void} returned values. The result is printed and saved in
5843the value history, if it is not void.
5844
c338a2fd
RP
5845@node Patching, , Calling, Altering
5846@section Patching your Program
5847@cindex patching binaries
5848@cindex writing into executables
5849@cindex writing into corefiles
1041a570 5850
c338a2fd
RP
5851By default, _GDBN__ opens the file containing your program's executable
5852code (or the corefile) read-only. This prevents accidental alterations
5853to machine code; but it also prevents you from intentionally patching
5854your program's binary.
5855
5856If you'd like to be able to patch the binary, you can specify that
5857explicitly with the @code{set write} command. For example, you might
5858want to turn on internal debugging flags, or even to make emergency
e251e767 5859repairs.
c338a2fd
RP
5860
5861@table @code
5862@item set write on
5863@itemx set write off
5864@kindex set write
5865If you specify @samp{set write on}, _GDBN__ will open executable and
5866core files for both reading and writing; if you specify @samp{set write
5867off} (the default), _GDBN__ will open them read-only.
5868
1041a570 5869If you have already loaded a file, you must load it
c338a2fd
RP
5870again (using the @code{exec-file} or @code{core-file} command) after
5871changing @code{set write}, for your new setting to take effect.
5872
5873@item show write
7d7ff5f6 5874@kindex show write
c338a2fd
RP
5875Display whether executable files and core files will be opened for
5876writing as well as reading.
c338a2fd
RP
5877@end table
5878
70b88761
RP
5879@node _GDBN__ Files, Targets, Altering, Top
5880@chapter _GDBN__'s Files
5881
1041a570
RP
5882_GDBN__ needs to know the file name of the program to be debugged, both in
5883order to read its symbol table and in order to start your program. To
5884debug a core dump of a previous run, _GDBN__ must be told the file name of
5885the core dump.
5886
70b88761 5887@menu
b80282d5
RP
5888* Files:: Commands to Specify Files
5889* Symbol Errors:: Errors Reading Symbol Files
70b88761
RP
5890@end menu
5891
5892@node Files, Symbol Errors, _GDBN__ Files, _GDBN__ Files
5893@section Commands to Specify Files
5894@cindex core dump file
5895@cindex symbol table
70b88761 5896
1041a570
RP
5897The usual way to specify executable and core dump file names is with
5898the command arguments given when you start _GDBN__, (@pxref{Invocation,
5899,Getting In and Out of _GDBN__}.
70b88761
RP
5900
5901Occasionally it is necessary to change to a different file during a
5902_GDBN__ session. Or you may run _GDBN__ and forget to specify the files you
5903want to use. In these situations the _GDBN__ commands to specify new files
5904are useful.
5905
5906@table @code
5907@item file @var{filename}
5908@cindex executable file
5909@kindex file
5910Use @var{filename} as the program to be debugged. It is read for its
5911symbols and for the contents of pure memory. It is also the program
5912executed when you use the @code{run} command. If you do not specify a
1041a570
RP
5913directory and the file is not found in _GDBN__'s working directory, _GDBN__
5914uses the environment variable @code{PATH} as a list of directories to
5915search, just as the shell does when looking for a program to run. You
5916can change the value of this variable, for both _GDBN__ and your program,
5917using the @code{path} command.
70b88761 5918
14d01801
RP
5919On systems with memory-mapped files, an auxiliary symbol table file
5920@file{@var{filename}.syms} may be available for @var{filename}. If it
5921is, _GDBN__ will map in the symbol table from
5922@file{@var{filename}.syms}, starting up more quickly. See the
95d5ceb9 5923descriptions of the options @samp{-mapped} and @samp{-readnow} (available
77b46d13
JG
5924on the command line, and with the commands @code{file}, @code{symbol-file},
5925or @code{add-symbol-file}), for more information.
14d01801 5926
e0dacfd1 5927@item file
70b88761
RP
5928@code{file} with no argument makes _GDBN__ discard any information it
5929has on both executable file and the symbol table.
5930
e0dacfd1 5931@item exec-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]}
70b88761
RP
5932@kindex exec-file
5933Specify that the program to be run (but not the symbol table) is found
5934in @var{filename}. _GDBN__ will search the environment variable @code{PATH}
29a2b744 5935if necessary to locate your program. Omitting @var{filename} means to
e0dacfd1 5936discard information on the executable file.
70b88761 5937
e0dacfd1 5938@item symbol-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]}
70b88761
RP
5939@kindex symbol-file
5940Read symbol table information from file @var{filename}. @code{PATH} is
5941searched when necessary. Use the @code{file} command to get both symbol
5942table and program to run from the same file.
5943
5944@code{symbol-file} with no argument clears out _GDBN__'s information on your
5945program's symbol table.
5946
5947The @code{symbol-file} command causes _GDBN__ to forget the contents of its
5948convenience variables, the value history, and all breakpoints and
5949auto-display expressions. This is because they may contain pointers to
5950the internal data recording symbols and data types, which are part of
5951the old symbol table data being discarded inside _GDBN__.
5952
5953@code{symbol-file} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after
5954executing it once.
5955
14d01801
RP
5956When _GDBN__ is configured for a particular environment, it will
5957understand debugging information in whatever format is the standard
5958generated for that environment; you may use either a GNU compiler, or
5959other compilers that adhere to the local conventions. Best results are
5960usually obtained from GNU compilers; for example, using @code{_GCC__}
5961you can generate debugging information for optimized code.
5962
70b88761 5963On some kinds of object files, the @code{symbol-file} command does not
14d01801 5964normally read the symbol table in full right away. Instead, it scans
70b88761
RP
5965the symbol table quickly to find which source files and which symbols
5966are present. The details are read later, one source file at a time,
1041a570 5967as they are needed.
70b88761
RP
5968
5969The purpose of this two-stage reading strategy is to make _GDBN__ start up
1041a570
RP
5970faster. For the most part, it is invisible except for occasional
5971pauses while the symbol table details for a particular source file are
5972being read. (The @code{set verbose} command can turn these pauses
5973into messages if desired. @xref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings
5974and Messages}.)
70b88761
RP
5975
5976When the symbol table is stored in COFF format, @code{symbol-file} does
1041a570 5977read the symbol table data in full right away. We have not implemented
70b88761
RP
5978the two-stage strategy for COFF yet.
5979
95d5ceb9
RP
5980@item symbol-file @var{filename} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]}
5981@itemx file @var{filename} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]}
14d01801
RP
5982@kindex readnow
5983@cindex reading symbols immediately
5984@cindex symbols, reading immediately
5985@kindex mapped
5986@cindex memory-mapped symbol file
38962738 5987@cindex saving symbol table
14d01801 5988You can override the _GDBN__ two-stage strategy for reading symbol
95d5ceb9 5989tables by using the @samp{-readnow} option with any of the commands that
14d01801
RP
5990load symbol table information, if you want to be sure _GDBN__ has the
5991entire symbol table available.
5992
5993If memory-mapped files are available on your system through the
95d5ceb9 5994@code{mmap} system call, you can use another option, @samp{-mapped}, to
77b46d13
JG
5995cause _GDBN__ to write the symbols for your program into a reusable
5996file. Future _GDBN__ debugging sessions will map in symbol information
5997from this auxiliary symbol file (if the program hasn't changed), rather
5998than spending time reading the symbol table from the executable
5999program. Using the @samp{-mapped} option has the same effect as
6000starting _GDBN__ with the @samp{-mapped} command-line option.
14d01801 6001
95d5ceb9 6002You can use both options together, to make sure the auxiliary symbol
14d01801
RP
6003file has all the symbol information for your program.
6004
77b46d13
JG
6005The @code{.syms} file is specific to the host machine on which GDB is run.
6006It holds an exact image of GDB's internal symbol table. It cannot be
6007shared across multiple host platforms.
6008
14d01801
RP
6009The auxiliary symbol file for a program called @var{myprog} is called
6010@samp{@var{myprog}.syms}. Once this file exists (so long as it is newer
6011than the corresponding executable), _GDBN__ will always attempt to use
6012it when you debug @var{myprog}; no special options or commands are
6013needed.
6014@c FIXME: for now no mention of directories, since this seems to be in
6015@c flux. 13mar1992 status is that in theory GDB would look either in
6016@c current dir or in same dir as myprog; but issues like competing
6017@c GDB's, or clutter in system dirs, mean that in practice right now
6018@c only current dir is used. FFish says maybe a special GDB hierarchy
6019@c (eg rooted in val of env var GDBSYMS) could exist for mappable symbol
6020@c files.
70b88761 6021
e0dacfd1 6022@item core-file @r{[} @var{filename} @r{]}
70b88761
RP
6023@kindex core
6024@kindex core-file
6025Specify the whereabouts of a core dump file to be used as the ``contents
6026of memory''. Traditionally, core files contain only some parts of the
6027address space of the process that generated them; _GDBN__ can access the
6028executable file itself for other parts.
6029
6030@code{core-file} with no argument specifies that no core file is
6031to be used.
6032
6033Note that the core file is ignored when your program is actually running
29a2b744 6034under _GDBN__. So, if you have been running your program and you wish to
70b88761
RP
6035debug a core file instead, you must kill the subprocess in which the
6036program is running. To do this, use the @code{kill} command
1041a570 6037(@pxref{Kill Process, ,Killing the Child Process}).
70b88761
RP
6038
6039@item load @var{filename}
6040@kindex load
6041_if__(_GENERIC__)
6042Depending on what remote debugging facilities are configured into
6043_GDBN__, the @code{load} command may be available. Where it exists, it
6044is meant to make @var{filename} (an executable) available for debugging
6045on the remote system---by downloading, or dynamic linking, for example.
6046@code{load} also records @var{filename}'s symbol table in _GDBN__, like
6047the @code{add-symbol-file} command.
6048
6049If @code{load} is not available on your _GDBN__, attempting to execute
6050it gets the error message ``@code{You can't do that when your target is
e251e767 6051@dots{}}''
70b88761
RP
6052_fi__(_GENERIC__)
6053
e251e767 6054_if__(_VXWORKS__)
70b88761
RP
6055On VxWorks, @code{load} will dynamically link @var{filename} on the
6056current target system as well as adding its symbols in _GDBN__.
6057_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
6058
6059_if__(_I960__)
6060@cindex download to Nindy-960
6061With the Nindy interface to an Intel 960 board, @code{load} will
6062download @var{filename} to the 960 as well as adding its symbols in
e251e767 6063_GDBN__.
70b88761
RP
6064_fi__(_I960__)
6065
c7cb8acb
RP
6066_if__(_H8__)
6067@cindex download to H8/300
6068@cindex H8/300 download
6069When you select remote debugging to a Hitachi H8/300 board (@pxref{Hitachi
6070H8/300 Remote,,_GDBN__ and the Hitachi H8/300}), the
6071@code{load} command downloads your program to the H8/300 and also opens
6072it as the current executable target for _GDBN__ on your host (like the
6073@code{file} command).
6074_fi__(_H8__)
6075
70b88761
RP
6076@code{load} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again after using it.
6077
6078@item add-symbol-file @var{filename} @var{address}
95d5ceb9 6079@itemx add-symbol-file @var{filename} @var{address} @r{[} -readnow @r{]} @r{[} -mapped @r{]}
70b88761
RP
6080@kindex add-symbol-file
6081@cindex dynamic linking
6082The @code{add-symbol-file} command reads additional symbol table information
b80282d5 6083from the file @var{filename}. You would use this command when @var{filename}
70b88761
RP
6084has been dynamically loaded (by some other means) into the program that
6085is running. @var{address} should be the memory address at which the
6086file has been loaded; _GDBN__ cannot figure this out for itself.
6087
6088The symbol table of the file @var{filename} is added to the symbol table
6089originally read with the @code{symbol-file} command. You can use the
6090@code{add-symbol-file} command any number of times; the new symbol data thus
6091read keeps adding to the old. To discard all old symbol data instead,
e251e767 6092use the @code{symbol-file} command.
70b88761
RP
6093
6094@code{add-symbol-file} will not repeat if you press @key{RET} after using it.
6095
95d5ceb9
RP
6096You can use the @samp{-mapped} and @samp{-readnow} options just as with
6097the @code{symbol-file} command, to change how _GDBN__ manages the symbol
6098tabl einformation for @var{filename}.
6099
70b88761
RP
6100@item info files
6101@itemx info target
6102@kindex info files
6103@kindex info target
1041a570
RP
6104@code{info files} and @code{info target} are synonymous; both print
6105the current targets (@pxref{Targets, ,Specifying a Debugging Target}),
6106including the names of the executable and core dump files currently in
6107use by _GDBN__, and the files from which symbols were loaded. The command
6108@code{help targets} lists all possible targets rather than current
6109ones.
70b88761
RP
6110
6111@end table
6112
6113All file-specifying commands allow both absolute and relative file names
6114as arguments. _GDBN__ always converts the file name to an absolute path
6115name and remembers it that way.
6116
70b88761
RP
6117@cindex shared libraries
6118
77b46d13
JG
6119_GDBN__ supports SunOS, SVR4, and IBM RS/6000 shared libraries.
6120_GDBN__ automatically loads symbol definitions from shared libraries
6121when you use the @code{run} command, or when you examine a core file.
6122(Before you issue the @code{run} command, _GDBN__ will not understand
6123references to a function in a shared library, however---unless you are
6124debugging a core file).
c338a2fd 6125@c FIXME: next _GDBN__ release should permit some refs to undef
1041a570 6126@c FIXME...symbols---eg in a break cmd---assuming they are from a shared lib
70b88761
RP
6127
6128@table @code
70b88761
RP
6129@item info share
6130@itemx info sharedlibrary
6131@kindex info sharedlibrary
6132@kindex info share
c338a2fd 6133Print the names of the shared libraries which are currently loaded.
70b88761 6134
c338a2fd
RP
6135@item sharedlibrary @var{regex}
6136@itemx share @var{regex}
6137@kindex sharedlibrary
6138@kindex share
6139This is an obsolescent command; you can use it to explicitly
6140load shared object library symbols for files matching a UNIX regular
6141expression, but as with files loaded automatically, it will only load
6142shared libraries required by your program for a core file or after
6143typing @code{run}. If @var{regex} is omitted all shared libraries
6144required by your program are loaded.
6145@end table
70b88761
RP
6146
6147@node Symbol Errors, , Files, _GDBN__ Files
6148@section Errors Reading Symbol Files
1041a570
RP
6149
6150While reading a symbol file, _GDBN__ will occasionally encounter problems,
6151such as symbol types it does not recognize, or known bugs in compiler
6152output. By default, _GDBN__ does not notify you of such problems, since
6153they are relatively common and primarily of interest to people
6154debugging compilers. If you are interested in seeing information
b80282d5
RP
6155about ill-constructed symbol tables, you can either ask _GDBN__ to print
6156only one message about each such type of problem, no matter how many
6157times the problem occurs; or you can ask _GDBN__ to print more messages,
1041a570
RP
6158to see how many times the problems occur, with the @code{set
6159complaints} command (@pxref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings and
6160Messages}).
70b88761
RP
6161
6162The messages currently printed, and their meanings, are:
6163
6164@table @code
6165@item inner block not inside outer block in @var{symbol}
6166
6167The symbol information shows where symbol scopes begin and end
6168(such as at the start of a function or a block of statements). This
6169error indicates that an inner scope block is not fully contained
e251e767 6170in its outer scope blocks.
70b88761
RP
6171
6172_GDBN__ circumvents the problem by treating the inner block as if it had
6173the same scope as the outer block. In the error message, @var{symbol}
6174may be shown as ``@code{(don't know)}'' if the outer block is not a
6175function.
6176
6177@item block at @var{address} out of order
6178
e251e767 6179The symbol information for symbol scope blocks should occur in
70b88761 6180order of increasing addresses. This error indicates that it does not
e251e767 6181do so.
70b88761
RP
6182
6183_GDBN__ does not circumvent this problem, and will have trouble locating
6184symbols in the source file whose symbols being read. (You can often
6185determine what source file is affected by specifying @code{set verbose
29a2b744 6186on}. @xref{Messages/Warnings, ,Optional Warnings and Messages}.)
70b88761
RP
6187
6188@item bad block start address patched
6189
6190The symbol information for a symbol scope block has a start address
6191smaller than the address of the preceding source line. This is known
e251e767 6192to occur in the SunOS 4.1.1 (and earlier) C compiler.
70b88761
RP
6193
6194_GDBN__ circumvents the problem by treating the symbol scope block as
6195starting on the previous source line.
6196
70b88761
RP
6197@item bad string table offset in symbol @var{n}
6198
6199@cindex foo
6200Symbol number @var{n} contains a pointer into the string table which is
e251e767 6201larger than the size of the string table.
70b88761
RP
6202
6203_GDBN__ circumvents the problem by considering the symbol to have the
6204name @code{foo}, which may cause other problems if many symbols end up
6205with this name.
6206
6207@item unknown symbol type @code{0x@var{nn}}
6208
6209The symbol information contains new data types that _GDBN__ does not yet
6210know how to read. @code{0x@var{nn}} is the symbol type of the misunderstood
e251e767 6211information, in hexadecimal.
70b88761
RP
6212
6213_GDBN__ circumvents the error by ignoring this symbol information. This
29a2b744 6214will usually allow your program to be debugged, though certain symbols
70b88761
RP
6215will not be accessible. If you encounter such a problem and feel like
6216debugging it, you can debug @code{_GDBP__} with itself, breakpoint on
6217@code{complain}, then go up to the function @code{read_dbx_symtab} and
6218examine @code{*bufp} to see the symbol.
6219
6220@item stub type has NULL name
e251e767 6221_GDBN__ could not find the full definition for a struct or class.
70b88761 6222
440d9834 6223@item const/volatile indicator missing (ok if using g++ v1.x), got@dots{}
70b88761
RP
6224
6225The symbol information for a C++ member function is missing some
440d9834
RP
6226information that recent versions of the compiler should have output
6227for it.
70b88761 6228
440d9834 6229@item info mismatch between compiler and debugger
70b88761 6230
440d9834 6231_GDBN__ could not parse a type specification output by the compiler.
70b88761
RP
6232@end table
6233
6234@node Targets, Controlling _GDBN__, _GDBN__ Files, Top
e251e767 6235@chapter Specifying a Debugging Target
70b88761
RP
6236@cindex debugging target
6237@kindex target
1041a570 6238
cedaf8bc 6239A @dfn{target} is the execution environment occupied by your program.
1041a570
RP
6240Often, _GDBN__ runs in the same host environment as your program; in
6241that case, the debugging target is specified as a side effect when you
6242use the @code{file} or @code{core} commands. When you need more
6243flexibility---for example, running _GDBN__ on a physically separate
6244host, or controlling a standalone system over a serial port or a
6245realtime system over a TCP/IP connection---you can use the @code{target}
6246command to specify one of the target types configured for _GDBN__
6247(@pxref{Target Commands, ,Commands for Managing Targets}).
70b88761
RP
6248
6249@menu
b80282d5
RP
6250* Active Targets:: Active Targets
6251* Target Commands:: Commands for Managing Targets
6252* Remote:: Remote Debugging
70b88761
RP
6253@end menu
6254
6255@node Active Targets, Target Commands, Targets, Targets
6256@section Active Targets
6257@cindex stacking targets
6258@cindex active targets
6259@cindex multiple targets
6260
cedaf8bc
RP
6261There are three classes of targets: processes, core files, and
6262executable files. _GDBN__ can work concurrently on up to three active
6263targets, one in each class. This allows you to (for example) start a
6264process and inspect its activity without abandoning your work on a core
6265file.
70b88761 6266
cedaf8bc
RP
6267If, for example, you execute @samp{gdb a.out}, then the executable file
6268@code{a.out} is the only active target. If you designate a core file as
6269well---presumably from a prior run that crashed and coredumped---then
6270_GDBN__ has two active targets and will use them in tandem, looking
6271first in the corefile target, then in the executable file, to satisfy
6272requests for memory addresses. (Typically, these two classes of target
29a2b744 6273are complementary, since core files contain only a program's
cedaf8bc
RP
6274read-write memory---variables and so on---plus machine status, while
6275executable files contain only the program text and initialized data.)
6276
6277When you type @code{run}, your executable file becomes an active process
6278target as well. When a process target is active, all _GDBN__ commands
6279requesting memory addresses refer to that target; addresses in an active
6280core file or executable file target are obscured while the process
6281target is active.
6282
1041a570
RP
6283Use the @code{core-file} and @code{exec-file} commands to select a
6284new core file or executable target (@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify
6285Files}). To specify as a target a process that is already running, use
6286the @code{attach} command (@pxref{Attach, ,Debugging an
6287Already-Running Process}.).
70b88761
RP
6288
6289@node Target Commands, Remote, Active Targets, Targets
6290@section Commands for Managing Targets
6291
6292@table @code
6293@item target @var{type} @var{parameters}
6294Connects the _GDBN__ host environment to a target machine or process. A
6295target is typically a protocol for talking to debugging facilities. You
6296use the argument @var{type} to specify the type or protocol of the
6297target machine.
6298
6299Further @var{parameters} are interpreted by the target protocol, but
6300typically include things like device names or host names to connect
e251e767 6301with, process numbers, and baud rates.
70b88761
RP
6302
6303The @code{target} command will not repeat if you press @key{RET} again
6304after executing the command.
6305
6306@item help target
6307@kindex help target
6308Displays the names of all targets available. To display targets
6309currently selected, use either @code{info target} or @code{info files}
29a2b744 6310(@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}).
70b88761
RP
6311
6312@item help target @var{name}
6313Describe a particular target, including any parameters necessary to
6314select it.
6315@end table
6316
c7cb8acb 6317Here are some common targets (available, or not, depending on the GDB
70b88761
RP
6318configuration):
6319
6320@table @code
6321@item target exec @var{prog}
6322@kindex target exec
6323An executable file. @samp{target exec @var{prog}} is the same as
6324@samp{exec-file @var{prog}}.
6325
6326@item target core @var{filename}
6327@kindex target core
6328A core dump file. @samp{target core @var{filename}} is the same as
6329@samp{core-file @var{filename}}.
6330
6331@item target remote @var{dev}
6332@kindex target remote
c7cb8acb 6333Remote serial target in GDB-specific protocol. The argument @var{dev}
70b88761 6334specifies what serial device to use for the connection (e.g.
1041a570 6335@file{/dev/ttya}). @xref{Remote, ,Remote Debugging}.
70b88761
RP
6336
6337_if__(_AMD29K__)
6338@item target amd-eb @var{dev} @var{speed} @var{PROG}
6339@kindex target amd-eb
6340@cindex AMD EB29K
6341Remote PC-resident AMD EB29K board, attached over serial lines.
6342@var{dev} is the serial device, as for @code{target remote};
6343@var{speed} allows you to specify the linespeed; and @var{PROG} is the
6344name of the program to be debugged, as it appears to DOS on the PC.
1041a570 6345@xref{EB29K Remote, ,GDB with a Remote EB29K}.
70b88761
RP
6346
6347_fi__(_AMD29K__)
c7cb8acb
RP
6348_if__(_H8__)
6349@item target hms
6350@kindex target hms
6351A Hitachi H8/300 board, attached via serial line to your host. Use
6352special commands @code{device} and @code{speed} to control the serial
6353line and the communications speed used. @xref{Hitachi H8/300
6354Remote,,_GDBN__ and the Hitachi H8/300}.
6355
6356_fi__(_H8__)
70b88761
RP
6357_if__(_I960__)
6358@item target nindy @var{devicename}
6359@kindex target nindy
6360An Intel 960 board controlled by a Nindy Monitor. @var{devicename} is
6361the name of the serial device to use for the connection, e.g.
1041a570 6362@file{/dev/ttya}. @xref{i960-Nindy Remote, ,_GDBN__ with a Remote i960 (Nindy)}.
70b88761
RP
6363
6364_fi__(_I960__)
6365_if__(_VXWORKS__)
6366@item target vxworks @var{machinename}
6367@kindex target vxworks
6368A VxWorks system, attached via TCP/IP. The argument @var{machinename}
6369is the target system's machine name or IP address.
1041a570 6370@xref{VxWorks Remote, ,_GDBN__ and VxWorks}.
70b88761
RP
6371_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
6372@end table
6373
6374_if__(_GENERIC__)
6375Different targets are available on different configurations of _GDBN__; your
6376configuration may have more or fewer targets.
6377_fi__(_GENERIC__)
6378
6379@node Remote, , Target Commands, Targets
6380@section Remote Debugging
6381@cindex remote debugging
6382
29a2b744 6383If you are trying to debug a program running on a machine that cannot run
c7cb8acb 6384GDB in the usual way, it is often useful to use remote debugging. For
70b88761
RP
6385example, you might use remote debugging on an operating system kernel, or on
6386a small system which does not have a general purpose operating system
e251e767 6387powerful enough to run a full-featured debugger.
70b88761 6388
c7cb8acb 6389Some configurations of GDB have special serial or TCP/IP interfaces
70b88761 6390to make this work with particular debugging targets. In addition,
c7cb8acb 6391GDB comes with a generic serial protocol (specific to GDB, but
70b88761
RP
6392not specific to any particular target system) which you can use if you
6393write the remote stubs---the code that will run on the remote system to
c7cb8acb 6394communicate with GDB.
70b88761 6395
c7cb8acb 6396To use the GDB remote serial protocol, the program to be debugged on
70b88761 6397the remote machine needs to contain a debugging stub which talks to
c7cb8acb
RP
6398GDB over the serial line. Several working remote stubs are
6399distributed with GDB; see the @file{README} file in the GDB
70b88761
RP
6400distribution for more information.
6401
6402For details of this communication protocol, see the comments in the
c7cb8acb 6403GDB source file @file{remote.c}.
70b88761 6404
c7cb8acb
RP
6405To start remote debugging, first run GDB and specify as an executable file
6406the program that is running in the remote machine. This tells GDB how
29a2b744 6407to find your program's symbols and the contents of its pure text. Then
70b88761
RP
6408establish communication using the @code{target remote} command with a device
6409name as an argument. For example:
6410
6411@example
6412target remote /dev/ttyb
6413@end example
6414
6415@noindent
6416if the serial line is connected to the device named @file{/dev/ttyb}. This
6417will stop the remote machine if it is not already stopped.
6418
6419Now you can use all the usual commands to examine and change data and to
6420step and continue the remote program.
6421
6422To resume the remote program and stop debugging it, use the @code{detach}
6423command.
6424
6425Other remote targets may be available in your
c7cb8acb 6426configuration of GDB; use @code{help targets} to list them.
70b88761
RP
6427
6428_if__(_GENERIC__)
1041a570
RP
6429_dnl__ Text on starting up GDB in various specific cases; it goes up front
6430_dnl__ in manuals configured for any of those particular situations, here
6431_dnl__ otherwise.
6432@menu
6433_include__(gdbinv-m.m4)<>_dnl__
6434@end menu
70b88761
RP
6435_include__(gdbinv-s.m4)
6436_fi__(_GENERIC__)
6437
6438@node Controlling _GDBN__, Sequences, Targets, Top
6439@chapter Controlling _GDBN__
6440
6441You can alter many aspects of _GDBN__'s interaction with you by using
6442the @code{set} command. For commands controlling how _GDBN__ displays
1041a570 6443data, @pxref{Print Settings, ,Print Settings}; other settings are described here.
70b88761
RP
6444
6445@menu
b80282d5
RP
6446* Prompt:: Prompt
6447* Editing:: Command Editing
6448* History:: Command History
6449* Screen Size:: Screen Size
6450* Numbers:: Numbers
6451* Messages/Warnings:: Optional Warnings and Messages
70b88761
RP
6452@end menu
6453
6454@node Prompt, Editing, Controlling _GDBN__, Controlling _GDBN__
6455@section Prompt
6456@cindex prompt
1041a570 6457
70b88761
RP
6458_GDBN__ indicates its readiness to read a command by printing a string
6459called the @dfn{prompt}. This string is normally @samp{(_GDBP__)}. You
6460can change the prompt string with the @code{set prompt} command. For
6461instance, when debugging _GDBN__ with _GDBN__, it is useful to change
6462the prompt in one of the _GDBN__<>s so that you can always tell which
6463one you are talking to.
6464
6465@table @code
6466@item set prompt @var{newprompt}
6467@kindex set prompt
6468Directs _GDBN__ to use @var{newprompt} as its prompt string henceforth.
6469@kindex show prompt
6470@item show prompt
6471Prints a line of the form: @samp{Gdb's prompt is: @var{your-prompt}}
6472@end table
6473
6474@node Editing, History, Prompt, Controlling _GDBN__
6475@section Command Editing
6476@cindex readline
6477@cindex command line editing
1041a570 6478
70b88761
RP
6479_GDBN__ reads its input commands via the @dfn{readline} interface. This
6480GNU library provides consistent behavior for programs which provide a
6481command line interface to the user. Advantages are @code{emacs}-style
6482or @code{vi}-style inline editing of commands, @code{csh}-like history
6483substitution, and a storage and recall of command history across
6484debugging sessions.
6485
6486You may control the behavior of command line editing in _GDBN__ with the
e251e767 6487command @code{set}.
70b88761
RP
6488
6489@table @code
6490@kindex set editing
6491@cindex editing
6492@item set editing
6493@itemx set editing on
6494Enable command line editing (enabled by default).
6495
6496@item set editing off
6497Disable command line editing.
6498
6499@kindex show editing
6500@item show editing
6501Show whether command line editing is enabled.
6502@end table
6503
6504@node History, Screen Size, Editing, Controlling _GDBN__
6505@section Command History
1041a570 6506
70b88761
RP
6507@table @code
6508@cindex history substitution
6509@cindex history file
6510@kindex set history filename
6511@item set history filename @var{fname}
6512Set the name of the _GDBN__ command history file to @var{fname}. This is
6513the file from which _GDBN__ will read an initial command history
6514list or to which it will write this list when it exits. This list is
6515accessed through history expansion or through the history
6516command editing characters listed below. This file defaults to the
6517value of the environment variable @code{GDBHISTFILE}, or to
6518@file{./.gdb_history} if this variable is not set.
6519
6520@cindex history save
6521@kindex set history save
6522@item set history save
6523@itemx set history save on
6524Record command history in a file, whose name may be specified with the
6525@code{set history filename} command. By default, this option is disabled.
6526
6527@item set history save off
6528Stop recording command history in a file.
6529
6530@cindex history size
6531@kindex set history size
6532@item set history size @var{size}
6533Set the number of commands which _GDBN__ will keep in its history list.
6534This defaults to the value of the environment variable
6535@code{HISTSIZE}, or to 256 if this variable is not set.
6536@end table
6537
6538@cindex history expansion
6539History expansion assigns special meaning to the character @kbd{!}.
6540@iftex
1041a570 6541@xref{Event Designators}.
70b88761
RP
6542@end iftex
6543Since @kbd{!} is also the logical not operator in C, history expansion
6544is off by default. If you decide to enable history expansion with the
6545@code{set history expansion on} command, you may sometimes need to
6546follow @kbd{!} (when it is used as logical not, in an expression) with
6547a space or a tab to prevent it from being expanded. The readline
6548history facilities will not attempt substitution on the strings
6549@kbd{!=} and @kbd{!(}, even when history expansion is enabled.
6550
6551The commands to control history expansion are:
6552
6553@table @code
6554
6555@kindex set history expansion
6556@item set history expansion on
6557@itemx set history expansion
6558Enable history expansion. History expansion is off by default.
6559
6560@item set history expansion off
6561Disable history expansion.
6562
6563The readline code comes with more complete documentation of
6564editing and history expansion features. Users unfamiliar with @code{emacs}
e251e767 6565or @code{vi} may wish to read it.
70b88761
RP
6566@iftex
6567@xref{Command Line Editing}.
6568@end iftex
6569
6570@c @group
6571@kindex show history
6572@item show history
6573@itemx show history filename
6574@itemx show history save
6575@itemx show history size
6576@itemx show history expansion
6577These commands display the state of the _GDBN__ history parameters.
6578@code{show history} by itself displays all four states.
6579@c @end group
70b88761
RP
6580@end table
6581
6582@table @code
6583@kindex show commands
6584@item show commands
6585Display the last ten commands in the command history.
6586
6587@item show commands @var{n}
6588Print ten commands centered on command number @var{n}.
6589
6590@item show commands +
6591Print ten commands just after the commands last printed.
70b88761
RP
6592@end table
6593
6594@node Screen Size, Numbers, History, Controlling _GDBN__
6595@section Screen Size
6596@cindex size of screen
6597@cindex pauses in output
1041a570 6598
70b88761
RP
6599Certain commands to _GDBN__ may produce large amounts of information
6600output to the screen. To help you read all of it, _GDBN__ pauses and
6601asks you for input at the end of each page of output. Type @key{RET}
6602when you want to continue the output. _GDBN__ also uses the screen
6603width setting to determine when to wrap lines of output. Depending on
6604what is being printed, it tries to break the line at a readable place,
6605rather than simply letting it overflow onto the following line.
6606
6607Normally _GDBN__ knows the size of the screen from the termcap data base
6608together with the value of the @code{TERM} environment variable and the
6609@code{stty rows} and @code{stty cols} settings. If this is not correct,
6610you can override it with the @code{set height} and @code{set
6611width} commands:
6612
6613@table @code
6614@item set height @var{lpp}
6615@itemx show height
6616@itemx set width @var{cpl}
6617@itemx show width
6618@kindex set height
6619@kindex set width
6620@kindex show width
6621@kindex show height
6622These @code{set} commands specify a screen height of @var{lpp} lines and
6623a screen width of @var{cpl} characters. The associated @code{show}
6624commands display the current settings.
6625
6626If you specify a height of zero lines, _GDBN__ will not pause during output
6627no matter how long the output is. This is useful if output is to a file
6628or to an editor buffer.
6629@end table
6630
6631@node Numbers, Messages/Warnings, Screen Size, Controlling _GDBN__
6632@section Numbers
6633@cindex number representation
6634@cindex entering numbers
1041a570 6635
70b88761
RP
6636You can always enter numbers in octal, decimal, or hexadecimal in _GDBN__ by
6637the usual conventions: octal numbers begin with @samp{0}, decimal
6638numbers end with @samp{.}, and hexadecimal numbers begin with @samp{0x}.
6639Numbers that begin with none of these are, by default, entered in base
664010; likewise, the default display for numbers---when no particular
6641format is specified---is base 10. You can change the default base for
6642both input and output with the @code{set radix} command.
6643
6644@table @code
6645@kindex set radix
6646@item set radix @var{base}
6647Set the default base for numeric input and display. Supported choices
c2bbbb22 6648for @var{base} are decimal 2, 8, 10, 16. @var{base} must itself be
70b88761
RP
6649specified either unambiguously or using the current default radix; for
6650example, any of
6651
6652@example
c2bbbb22 6653set radix 1010
70b88761
RP
6654set radix 012
6655set radix 10.
6656set radix 0xa
6657@end example
6658
6659@noindent
6660will set the base to decimal. On the other hand, @samp{set radix 10}
6661will leave the radix unchanged no matter what it was.
6662
6663@kindex show radix
6664@item show radix
6665Display the current default base for numeric input and display.
70b88761
RP
6666@end table
6667
c2bbbb22 6668@node Messages/Warnings, , Numbers, Controlling _GDBN__
70b88761 6669@section Optional Warnings and Messages
1041a570 6670
70b88761
RP
6671By default, _GDBN__ is silent about its inner workings. If you are running
6672on a slow machine, you may want to use the @code{set verbose} command.
6673It will make _GDBN__ tell you when it does a lengthy internal operation, so
1041a570 6674you will not think it has crashed.
70b88761 6675
1041a570
RP
6676Currently, the messages controlled by @code{set verbose} are those
6677which announce that the symbol table for a source file is being read
6678(@pxref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}, in the description of the
6679command @code{symbol-file}).
29a2b744 6680@c The following is the right way to do it, but emacs 18.55 does not support
70b88761 6681@c @ref, and neither the emacs lisp manual version of texinfmt or makeinfo
e251e767 6682@c is released.
70b88761 6683@ignore
29a2b744 6684see @code{symbol-file} in @ref{Files, ,Commands to Specify Files}).
70b88761
RP
6685@end ignore
6686
6687@table @code
6688@kindex set verbose
6689@item set verbose on
6690Enables _GDBN__'s output of certain informational messages.
6691
6692@item set verbose off
6693Disables _GDBN__'s output of certain informational messages.
6694
6695@kindex show verbose
6696@item show verbose
6697Displays whether @code{set verbose} is on or off.
6698@end table
6699
b80282d5
RP
6700By default, if _GDBN__ encounters bugs in the symbol table of an object
6701file, it is silent; but if you are debugging a compiler, you may find
1041a570 6702this information useful (@pxref{Symbol Errors, ,Errors Reading Symbol Files}).
70b88761
RP
6703
6704@table @code
6705@kindex set complaints
6706@item set complaints @var{limit}
6707Permits _GDBN__ to output @var{limit} complaints about each type of unusual
6708symbols before becoming silent about the problem. Set @var{limit} to
6709zero to suppress all complaints; set it to a large number to prevent
6710complaints from being suppressed.
6711
6712@kindex show complaints
6713@item show complaints
6714Displays how many symbol complaints _GDBN__ is permitted to produce.
6715@end table
6716
6717By default, _GDBN__ is cautious, and asks what sometimes seem to be a
6718lot of stupid questions to confirm certain commands. For example, if
6719you try to run a program which is already running:
1041a570 6720
70b88761
RP
6721@example
6722(_GDBP__) run
6723The program being debugged has been started already.
e251e767 6724Start it from the beginning? (y or n)
70b88761
RP
6725@end example
6726
29a2b744 6727If you are willing to unflinchingly face the consequences of your own
70b88761
RP
6728commands, you can disable this ``feature'':
6729
6730@table @code
6731@kindex set confirm
6732@cindex flinching
6733@cindex confirmation
6734@cindex stupid questions
6735@item set confirm off
6736Disables confirmation requests.
6737
6738@item set confirm on
6739Enables confirmation requests (the default).
6740
6741@item show confirm
6742@kindex show confirm
6743Displays state of confirmation requests.
6744@end table
6745
29a2b744 6746@c FIXME this does not really belong here. But where *does* it belong?
b80282d5
RP
6747@cindex reloading symbols
6748Some systems allow individual object files that make up your program to
6749be replaced without stopping and restarting your program.
6750_if__(_VXWORKS__)
6751For example, in VxWorks you can simply recompile a defective object file
6752and keep on running.
6753_fi__(_VXWORKS__)
29a2b744 6754If you are running on one of these systems, you can allow _GDBN__ to
1041a570
RP
6755reload the symbols for automatically relinked modules:
6756
b80282d5
RP
6757@table @code
6758@kindex set symbol-reloading
6759@item set symbol-reloading on
6760Replace symbol definitions for the corresponding source file when an
6761object file with a particular name is seen again.
6762
6763@item set symbol-reloading off
1041a570 6764Do not replace symbol definitions when re-encountering object files of
29a2b744 6765the same name. This is the default state; if you are not running on a
b80282d5
RP
6766system that permits automatically relinking modules, you should leave
6767@code{symbol-reloading} off, since otherwise _GDBN__ may discard symbols
6768when linking large programs, that may contain several modules (from
6769different directories or libraries) with the same name.
6770
6771@item show symbol-reloading
6772Show the current @code{on} or @code{off} setting.
6773@end table
6774
70b88761
RP
6775@node Sequences, Emacs, Controlling _GDBN__, Top
6776@chapter Canned Sequences of Commands
6777
29a2b744 6778Aside from breakpoint commands (@pxref{Break Commands, ,Breakpoint
1041a570
RP
6779Command Lists}), _GDBN__ provides two ways to store sequences of commands
6780for execution as a unit: user-defined commands and command files.
70b88761
RP
6781
6782@menu
b80282d5
RP
6783* Define:: User-Defined Commands
6784* Command Files:: Command Files
6785* Output:: Commands for Controlled Output
70b88761
RP
6786@end menu
6787
6788@node Define, Command Files, Sequences, Sequences
6789@section User-Defined Commands
6790
6791@cindex user-defined command
6792A @dfn{user-defined command} is a sequence of _GDBN__ commands to which you
6793assign a new name as a command. This is done with the @code{define}
6794command.
6795
6796@table @code
6797@item define @var{commandname}
6798@kindex define
6799Define a command named @var{commandname}. If there is already a command
6800by that name, you are asked to confirm that you want to redefine it.
6801
6802The definition of the command is made up of other _GDBN__ command lines,
6803which are given following the @code{define} command. The end of these
6804commands is marked by a line containing @code{end}.
6805
6806@item document @var{commandname}
6807@kindex document
6808Give documentation to the user-defined command @var{commandname}. The
6809command @var{commandname} must already be defined. This command reads
6810lines of documentation just as @code{define} reads the lines of the
6811command definition, ending with @code{end}. After the @code{document}
6812command is finished, @code{help} on command @var{commandname} will print
6813the documentation you have specified.
6814
6815You may use the @code{document} command again to change the
6816documentation of a command. Redefining the command with @code{define}
6817does not change the documentation.
6818
6819@item help user-defined
6820@kindex help user-defined
6821List all user-defined commands, with the first line of the documentation
6822(if any) for each.
6823
4768ba62
JG
6824@item show user
6825@itemx show user @var{commandname}
6826@kindex show user
70b88761
RP
6827Display the _GDBN__ commands used to define @var{commandname} (but not its
6828documentation). If no @var{commandname} is given, display the
6829definitions for all user-defined commands.
6830@end table
6831
6832User-defined commands do not take arguments. When they are executed, the
6833commands of the definition are not printed. An error in any command
6834stops execution of the user-defined command.
6835
6836Commands that would ask for confirmation if used interactively proceed
6837without asking when used inside a user-defined command. Many _GDBN__ commands
6838that normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the messages
6839when used in a user-defined command.
6840
6841@node Command Files, Output, Define, Sequences
6842@section Command Files
6843
6844@cindex command files
6845A command file for _GDBN__ is a file of lines that are _GDBN__ commands. Comments
6846(lines starting with @kbd{#}) may also be included. An empty line in a
6847command file does nothing; it does not mean to repeat the last command, as
6848it would from the terminal.
6849
6850@cindex init file
6851@cindex @file{_GDBINIT__}
6852When you start _GDBN__, it automatically executes commands from its
1041a570
RP
6853@dfn{init files}. These are files named @file{_GDBINIT__}. _GDBN__ reads
6854the init file (if any) in your home directory and then the init file
6855(if any) in the current working directory. (The init files are not
6856executed if you use the @samp{-nx} option; @pxref{Mode Options,
6857,Choosing Modes}.) You can also request the execution of a command
6858file with the @code{source} command:
70b88761
RP
6859
6860@table @code
6861@item source @var{filename}
6862@kindex source
6863Execute the command file @var{filename}.
6864@end table
6865
6866The lines in a command file are executed sequentially. They are not
6867printed as they are executed. An error in any command terminates execution
6868of the command file.
6869
6870Commands that would ask for confirmation if used interactively proceed
6871without asking when used in a command file. Many _GDBN__ commands that
6872normally print messages to say what they are doing omit the messages
6873when called from command files.
6874
6875@node Output, , Command Files, Sequences
6876@section Commands for Controlled Output
6877
6878During the execution of a command file or a user-defined command, normal
6879_GDBN__ output is suppressed; the only output that appears is what is
6880explicitly printed by the commands in the definition. This section
6881describes three commands useful for generating exactly the output you
6882want.
6883
6884@table @code
6885@item echo @var{text}
6886@kindex echo
29a2b744
RP
6887@c I do not consider backslash-space a standard C escape sequence
6888@c because it is not in ANSI.
1041a570
RP
6889Print @var{text}. Nonprinting characters can be included in
6890@var{text} using C escape sequences, such as @samp{\n} to print a
6891newline. @strong{No newline will be printed unless you specify one.}
6892In addition to the standard C escape sequences, a backslash followed
6893by a space stands for a space. This is useful for outputting a
6894string with spaces at the beginning or the end, since leading and
6895trailing spaces are otherwise trimmed from all arguments.
6896To print @samp{@w{ }and foo =@w{ }}, use the command
6897@samp{echo \@w{ }and foo = \@w{ }}.
70b88761
RP
6898
6899A backslash at the end of @var{text} can be used, as in C, to continue
6900the command onto subsequent lines. For example,
6901
6902@example
6903echo This is some text\n\
6904which is continued\n\
6905onto several lines.\n
6906@end example
6907
6908produces the same output as
6909
6910@example
6911echo This is some text\n
6912echo which is continued\n
6913echo onto several lines.\n
6914@end example
6915
6916@item output @var{expression}
6917@kindex output
6918Print the value of @var{expression} and nothing but that value: no
6919newlines, no @samp{$@var{nn} = }. The value is not entered in the
1041a570 6920value history either. @xref{Expressions, ,Expressions}, for more information on
e251e767 6921expressions.
70b88761
RP
6922
6923@item output/@var{fmt} @var{expression}
6924Print the value of @var{expression} in format @var{fmt}. You can use
6925the same formats as for @code{print}; @pxref{Output formats}, for more
6926information.
6927
6928@item printf @var{string}, @var{expressions}@dots{}
6929@kindex printf
6930Print the values of the @var{expressions} under the control of
6931@var{string}. The @var{expressions} are separated by commas and may
6932be either numbers or pointers. Their values are printed as specified
29a2b744 6933by @var{string}, exactly as if your program were to execute
70b88761
RP
6934
6935@example
6936printf (@var{string}, @var{expressions}@dots{});
6937@end example
6938
6939For example, you can print two values in hex like this:
6940
6941@example
6942printf "foo, bar-foo = 0x%x, 0x%x\n", foo, bar-foo
6943@end example
6944
6945The only backslash-escape sequences that you can use in the format
6946string are the simple ones that consist of backslash followed by a
6947letter.
6948@end table
6949
6ca72cc6
RP
6950_if__(_LUCID__)
6951@node Emacs, Energize, Sequences, Top
6952_fi__(_LUCID__)
6953_if__(!_LUCID__)
70b88761 6954@node Emacs, _GDBN__ Bugs, Sequences, Top
6ca72cc6 6955_fi__(!_LUCID__)
70b88761
RP
6956@chapter Using _GDBN__ under GNU Emacs
6957
6958@cindex emacs
6959A special interface allows you to use GNU Emacs to view (and
6960edit) the source files for the program you are debugging with
6961_GDBN__.
6962
6963To use this interface, use the command @kbd{M-x gdb} in Emacs. Give the
6964executable file you want to debug as an argument. This command starts
6965_GDBN__ as a subprocess of Emacs, with input and output through a newly
6966created Emacs buffer.
6967
6968Using _GDBN__ under Emacs is just like using _GDBN__ normally except for two
6969things:
6970
6971@itemize @bullet
6972@item
e251e767 6973All ``terminal'' input and output goes through the Emacs buffer.
70b88761
RP
6974@end itemize
6975
6976This applies both to _GDBN__ commands and their output, and to the input
6977and output done by the program you are debugging.
6978
6979This is useful because it means that you can copy the text of previous
6980commands and input them again; you can even use parts of the output
6981in this way.
6982
3d3ab540
RP
6983All the facilities of Emacs' Shell mode are available for interacting
6984with your program. In particular, you can send signals the usual
6985way---for example, @kbd{C-c C-c} for an interrupt, @kbd{C-c C-z} for a
6986stop.
70b88761
RP
6987
6988@itemize @bullet
6989@item
e251e767 6990_GDBN__ displays source code through Emacs.
70b88761
RP
6991@end itemize
6992
6993Each time _GDBN__ displays a stack frame, Emacs automatically finds the
6994source file for that frame and puts an arrow (_0__@samp{=>}_1__) at the
6995left margin of the current line. Emacs uses a separate buffer for
6996source display, and splits the window to show both your _GDBN__ session
6997and the source.
6998
6999Explicit _GDBN__ @code{list} or search commands still produce output as
7000usual, but you probably will have no reason to use them.
7001
7002@quotation
7003@emph{Warning:} If the directory where your program resides is not your
7004current directory, it can be easy to confuse Emacs about the location of
7005the source files, in which case the auxiliary display buffer will not
7006appear to show your source. _GDBN__ can find programs by searching your
7007environment's @code{PATH} variable, so the _GDBN__ input and output
29a2b744 7008session will proceed normally; but Emacs does not get enough information
70b88761
RP
7009back from _GDBN__ to locate the source files in this situation. To
7010avoid this problem, either start _GDBN__ mode from the directory where
7011your program resides, or specify a full path name when prompted for the
7012@kbd{M-x gdb} argument.
7013
7014A similar confusion can result if you use the _GDBN__ @code{file} command to
7015switch to debugging a program in some other location, from an existing
7016_GDBN__ buffer in Emacs.
7017@end quotation
7018
7019By default, @kbd{M-x gdb} calls the program called @file{gdb}. If
7020you need to call _GDBN__ by a different name (for example, if you keep
7021several configurations around, with different names) you can set the
7022Emacs variable @code{gdb-command-name}; for example,
1041a570 7023
70b88761
RP
7024@example
7025(setq gdb-command-name "mygdb")
7026@end example
1041a570 7027
70b88761
RP
7028@noindent
7029(preceded by @kbd{ESC ESC}, or typed in the @code{*scratch*} buffer, or
7030in your @file{.emacs} file) will make Emacs call the program named
7031``@code{mygdb}'' instead.
7032
7033In the _GDBN__ I/O buffer, you can use these special Emacs commands in
7034addition to the standard Shell mode commands:
7035
7036@table @kbd
7037@item C-h m
7038Describe the features of Emacs' _GDBN__ Mode.
7039
7040@item M-s
7041Execute to another source line, like the _GDBN__ @code{step} command; also
7042update the display window to show the current file and location.
7043
7044@item M-n
7045Execute to next source line in this function, skipping all function
7046calls, like the _GDBN__ @code{next} command. Then update the display window
7047to show the current file and location.
7048
7049@item M-i
7050Execute one instruction, like the _GDBN__ @code{stepi} command; update
7051display window accordingly.
7052
7053@item M-x gdb-nexti
7054Execute to next instruction, using the _GDBN__ @code{nexti} command; update
7055display window accordingly.
7056
7057@item C-c C-f
7058Execute until exit from the selected stack frame, like the _GDBN__
7059@code{finish} command.
7060
7061@item M-c
29a2b744 7062Continue execution of your program, like the _GDBN__ @code{continue}
1041a570 7063command.
203eea5d
RP
7064
7065@emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-p}.
70b88761
RP
7066
7067@item M-u
7068Go up the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument
7069(@pxref{Arguments, , Numeric Arguments, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}),
1041a570 7070like the _GDBN__ @code{up} command.
203eea5d 7071
1041a570 7072@emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-u}.
70b88761
RP
7073
7074@item M-d
7075Go down the number of frames indicated by the numeric argument, like the
1041a570 7076_GDBN__ @code{down} command.
203eea5d
RP
7077
7078@emph{Warning:} In Emacs v19, this command is @kbd{C-c C-d}.
70b88761
RP
7079
7080@item C-x &
7081Read the number where the cursor is positioned, and insert it at the end
7082of the _GDBN__ I/O buffer. For example, if you wish to disassemble code
7083around an address that was displayed earlier, type @kbd{disassemble};
7084then move the cursor to the address display, and pick up the
e251e767 7085argument for @code{disassemble} by typing @kbd{C-x &}.
70b88761
RP
7086
7087You can customize this further on the fly by defining elements of the list
7088@code{gdb-print-command}; once it is defined, you can format or
7089otherwise process numbers picked up by @kbd{C-x &} before they are
c2bbbb22 7090inserted. A numeric argument to @kbd{C-x &} will both indicate that you
70b88761
RP
7091wish special formatting, and act as an index to pick an element of the
7092list. If the list element is a string, the number to be inserted is
7093formatted using the Emacs function @code{format}; otherwise the number
7094is passed as an argument to the corresponding list element.
70b88761
RP
7095@end table
7096
7097In any source file, the Emacs command @kbd{C-x SPC} (@code{gdb-break})
7098tells _GDBN__ to set a breakpoint on the source line point is on.
7099
7100If you accidentally delete the source-display buffer, an easy way to get
7101it back is to type the command @code{f} in the _GDBN__ buffer, to
7102request a frame display; when you run under Emacs, this will recreate
7103the source buffer if necessary to show you the context of the current
7104frame.
7105
7106The source files displayed in Emacs are in ordinary Emacs buffers
7107which are visiting the source files in the usual way. You can edit
7108the files with these buffers if you wish; but keep in mind that _GDBN__
7109communicates with Emacs in terms of line numbers. If you add or
7110delete lines from the text, the line numbers that _GDBN__ knows will cease
7111to correspond properly to the code.
7112
7113@c The following dropped because Epoch is nonstandard. Reactivate
7114@c if/when v19 does something similar. ---pesch@cygnus.com 19dec1990
7115@ignore
e251e767 7116@kindex emacs epoch environment
70b88761
RP
7117@kindex epoch
7118@kindex inspect
7119
7120Version 18 of Emacs has a built-in window system called the @code{epoch}
7121environment. Users of this environment can use a new command,
7122@code{inspect} which performs identically to @code{print} except that
7123each value is printed in its own window.
7124@end ignore
7125
6ca72cc6
RP
7126_if__(_LUCID__)
7127@node Energize, _GDBN__ Bugs, Emacs, Top
7128@chapter Using _GDBN__ with Energize
7129
7130@cindex Energize
7131The Energize Programming System is an integrated development environment
7132that includes a point-and-click interface to many programming tools.
7133When you use _GDBN__ in this environment, you can use the standard
7134Energize graphical interface to drive _GDBN__; you can also, if you
7135choose, type _GDBN__ commands as usual in a debugging window. Even if
7136you use the graphical interface, the debugging window (which uses Emacs,
7137and resembles the standard Emacs interface to _GDBN__) displays the
7138equivalent commands, so that the history of your debugging session is
7139properly reflected.
7140
7141When Energize starts up a _GDBN__ session, it uses one of the
7142command-line options @samp{-energize} or @samp{-cadillac} (``cadillac''
7143is the name of the communications protocol used by the Energize system).
7144This option makes _GDBN__ run as one of the tools in the Energize Tool
7145Set: it sends all output to the Energize kernel, and accept input from
7146it as well.
7147
7148See the user manual for the Energize Programming System for
7149information on how to use the Energize graphical interface and the other
7150development tools that Energize integrates with _GDBN__.
7151
7152@node _GDBN__ Bugs, Renamed Commands, Energize, Top
7153_fi__(_LUCID__)
7154_if__(!_LUCID__)
70b88761 7155@node _GDBN__ Bugs, Renamed Commands, Emacs, Top
6ca72cc6 7156_fi__(!_LUCID__)
70b88761
RP
7157@chapter Reporting Bugs in _GDBN__
7158@cindex Bugs in _GDBN__
7159@cindex Reporting Bugs in _GDBN__
7160
7161Your bug reports play an essential role in making _GDBN__ reliable.
7162
7163Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it
7164may not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help
7165the entire community by making the next version of _GDBN__ work better. Bug
7166reports are your contribution to the maintenance of _GDBN__.
7167
7168In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7169information that enables us to fix the bug.
7170
7171@menu
b80282d5
RP
7172* Bug Criteria:: Have You Found a Bug?
7173* Bug Reporting:: How to Report Bugs
70b88761
RP
7174@end menu
7175
7176@node Bug Criteria, Bug Reporting, _GDBN__ Bugs, _GDBN__ Bugs
7177@section Have You Found a Bug?
7178@cindex Bug Criteria
7179
7180If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7181
7182@itemize @bullet
7183@item
7184@cindex Fatal Signal
7185@cindex Core Dump
7186If the debugger gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
7187_GDBN__ bug. Reliable debuggers never crash.
7188
7189@item
7190@cindex error on Valid Input
7191If _GDBN__ produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
7192
7193@item
7194@cindex Invalid Input
7195If _GDBN__ does not produce an error message for invalid input,
7196that is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of
7197``invalid input'' might be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support
7198for traditional practice''.
7199
7200@item
7201If you are an experienced user of debugging tools, your suggestions
7202for improvement of _GDBN__ are welcome in any case.
7203@end itemize
7204
7205@node Bug Reporting, , Bug Criteria, _GDBN__ Bugs
7206@section How to Report Bugs
7207@cindex Bug Reports
3d3ab540 7208@cindex _GDBN__ Bugs, Reporting
70b88761
RP
7209
7210A number of companies and individuals offer support for GNU products.
7211If you obtained _GDBN__ from a support organization, we recommend you
e251e767 7212contact that organization first.
70b88761
RP
7213
7214Contact information for many support companies and individuals is
7215available in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the GNU Emacs distribution.
7216
7217In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for _GDBN__ to one
7218of these addresses:
7219
7220@example
7221bug-gdb@@prep.ai.mit.edu
7222@{ucbvax|mit-eddie|uunet@}!prep.ai.mit.edu!bug-gdb
7223@end example
7224
7225@strong{Do not send bug reports to @samp{info-gdb}, or to
7226@samp{help-gdb}, or to any newsgroups.} Most users of _GDBN__ do not want to
7227receive bug reports. Those that do, have arranged to receive @samp{bug-gdb}.
7228
3d3ab540
RP
7229The mailing list @samp{bug-gdb} has a newsgroup @samp{gnu.gdb.bug} which
7230serves as a repeater. The mailing list and the newsgroup carry exactly
7231the same messages. Often people think of posting bug reports to the
7232newsgroup instead of mailing them. This appears to work, but it has one
7233problem which can be crucial: a newsgroup posting often lacks a mail
7234path back to the sender. Thus, if we need to ask for more information,
7235we may be unable to reach you. For this reason, it is better to send
7236bug reports to the mailing list.
70b88761
RP
7237
7238As a last resort, send bug reports on paper to:
7239
7240@example
7241GNU Debugger Bugs
3d3ab540 7242Free Software Foundation
70b88761
RP
7243545 Tech Square
7244Cambridge, MA 02139
7245@end example
7246
7247The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7248@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7249fact or leave it out, state it!
7250
7251Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the
29a2b744 7252problem and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might
70b88761 7253assume that the name of the variable you use in an example does not matter.
29a2b744 7254Well, probably it does not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a
70b88761
RP
7255stray memory reference which happens to fetch from the location where that
7256name is stored in memory; perhaps, if the name were different, the contents
7257of that location would fool the debugger into doing the right thing despite
7258the bug. Play it safe and give a specific, complete example. That is the
7259easiest thing for you to do, and the most helpful.
7260
7261Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix
1041a570 7262the bug if it is new to us. It is not as important as what happens if
70b88761
RP
7263the bug is already known. Therefore, always write your bug reports on
7264the assumption that the bug has not been reported previously.
7265
7266Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
7267bell?'' Those bug reports are useless, and we urge everyone to
7268@emph{refuse to respond to them} except to chide the sender to report
7269bugs properly.
7270
7271To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7272
7273@itemize @bullet
7274@item
7275The version of _GDBN__. _GDBN__ announces it if you start with no
7276arguments; you can also print it at any time using @code{show version}.
7277
1041a570 7278Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
70b88761
RP
7279the bug in the current version of _GDBN__.
7280
7281@item
ddf21240
JG
7282The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7283version number.
70b88761
RP
7284
7285@item
7286What compiler (and its version) was used to compile _GDBN__---e.g.
c7cb8acb 7287``_GCC__-2.0''.
70b88761 7288
ddf21240
JG
7289@item
7290What compiler (and its version) was used to compile the program you
c7cb8acb 7291are debugging---e.g. ``_GCC__-2.0''.
ddf21240 7292
70b88761
RP
7293@item
7294The command arguments you gave the compiler to compile your example and
7295observe the bug. For example, did you use @samp{-O}? To guarantee
1041a570 7296you will not omit something important, list them all. A copy of the
ddf21240 7297Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
70b88761
RP
7298
7299If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7300and then we might not encounter the bug.
7301
7302@item
ddf21240
JG
7303A complete input script, and all necessary source files, that will
7304reproduce the bug.
70b88761
RP
7305
7306@item
7307A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7308incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7309
7310Of course, if the bug is that _GDBN__ gets a fatal signal, then we will
7311certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7312notice unless it is glaringly wrong. We are human, after all. You
7313might as well not give us a chance to make a mistake.
7314
7315Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still
7316say so explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as,
7317your copy of _GDBN__ is out of synch, or you have encountered a
7318bug in the C library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy
7319might crash and ours would not. If you told us to expect a crash,
7320then when ours fails to crash, we would know that the bug was not
7321happening for us. If you had not told us to expect a crash, then we
7322would not be able to draw any conclusion from our observations.
7323
7324@item
7325If you wish to suggest changes to the _GDBN__ source, send us context
7326diffs. If you even discuss something in the _GDBN__ source, refer to
7327it by context, not by line number.
7328
1041a570 7329The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
70b88761 7330sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
70b88761
RP
7331@end itemize
7332
7333Here are some things that are not necessary:
7334
7335@itemize @bullet
7336@item
7337A description of the envelope of the bug.
7338
7339Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7340which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7341changes will not affect it.
7342
7343This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7344will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7345with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7346We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7347
7348Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7349of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7350output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
e251e767 7351less time, etc.
70b88761 7352
29a2b744 7353However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
70b88761
RP
7354report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7355
7356@item
7357A patch for the bug.
7358
29a2b744 7359A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
70b88761
RP
7360the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7361a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7362to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7363
7364Sometimes with a program as complicated as _GDBN__ it is very hard to
7365construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path
1041a570
RP
7366through the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able
7367to construct one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
70b88761 7368
29a2b744 7369And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
1041a570 7370patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
70b88761
RP
7371help us to understand.
7372
7373@item
7374A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7375
29a2b744 7376Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
70b88761
RP
7377things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7378@end itemize
7379
1041a570
RP
7380@c Note: no need to update nodes for rdl-apps.texi since it appears
7381@c *only* in the TeX version of the manual.
7382@c Note: eventually, make a cross reference to the readline Info nodes.
70b88761 7383@iftex
cacf5942
RP
7384@c appendices describing GNU readline. Distributed with readline code.
7385@include rluser.texinfo
7386@include inc-hist.texi
70b88761
RP
7387@end iftex
7388
77b46d13 7389@node Renamed Commands, Formatting Documentation, _GDBN__ Bugs, Top
70b88761
RP
7390@appendix Renamed Commands
7391
c7cb8acb 7392The following commands were renamed in GDB 4, in order to make the
70b88761
RP
7393command set as a whole more consistent and easier to use and remember:
7394
e251e767
RP
7395@kindex add-syms
7396@kindex delete environment
7397@kindex info copying
7398@kindex info convenience
7399@kindex info directories
7400@kindex info editing
7401@kindex info history
7402@kindex info targets
7403@kindex info values
7404@kindex info version
7405@kindex info warranty
7406@kindex set addressprint
7407@kindex set arrayprint
7408@kindex set prettyprint
7409@kindex set screen-height
7410@kindex set screen-width
7411@kindex set unionprint
7412@kindex set vtblprint
7413@kindex set demangle
7414@kindex set asm-demangle
7415@kindex set sevenbit-strings
7416@kindex set array-max
7417@kindex set caution
7418@kindex set history write
7419@kindex show addressprint
7420@kindex show arrayprint
7421@kindex show prettyprint
7422@kindex show screen-height
7423@kindex show screen-width
7424@kindex show unionprint
7425@kindex show vtblprint
7426@kindex show demangle
7427@kindex show asm-demangle
7428@kindex show sevenbit-strings
7429@kindex show array-max
7430@kindex show caution
7431@kindex show history write
7432@kindex unset
70b88761 7433
92b73793 7434@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
70b88761 7435@ifinfo
92b73793 7436@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
cf496415
RP
7437@example
7438OLD COMMAND NEW COMMAND
92b73793 7439@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
cf496415 7440--------------- -------------------------------
92b73793 7441@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
cf496415
RP
7442add-syms add-symbol-file
7443delete environment unset environment
7444info convenience show convenience
7445info copying show copying
e251e767 7446info directories show directories
cf496415
RP
7447info editing show commands
7448info history show values
7449info targets help target
7450info values show values
7451info version show version
7452info warranty show warranty
7453set/show addressprint set/show print address
7454set/show array-max set/show print elements
7455set/show arrayprint set/show print array
7456set/show asm-demangle set/show print asm-demangle
7457set/show caution set/show confirm
7458set/show demangle set/show print demangle
7459set/show history write set/show history save
7460set/show prettyprint set/show print pretty
7461set/show screen-height set/show height
7462set/show screen-width set/show width
7463set/show sevenbit-strings set/show print sevenbit-strings
7464set/show unionprint set/show print union
7465set/show vtblprint set/show print vtbl
7466
7467unset [No longer an alias for delete]
7468@end example
92b73793 7469@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
70b88761
RP
7470@end ifinfo
7471
7472@tex
7473\vskip \parskip\vskip \baselineskip
7474\halign{\tt #\hfil &\qquad#&\tt #\hfil\cr
7475{\bf Old Command} &&{\bf New Command}\cr
7476add-syms &&add-symbol-file\cr
7477delete environment &&unset environment\cr
7478info convenience &&show convenience\cr
7479info copying &&show copying\cr
7480info directories &&show directories \cr
7481info editing &&show commands\cr
7482info history &&show values\cr
7483info targets &&help target\cr
7484info values &&show values\cr
7485info version &&show version\cr
7486info warranty &&show warranty\cr
7487set{\rm / }show addressprint &&set{\rm / }show print address\cr
7488set{\rm / }show array-max &&set{\rm / }show print elements\cr
7489set{\rm / }show arrayprint &&set{\rm / }show print array\cr
7490set{\rm / }show asm-demangle &&set{\rm / }show print asm-demangle\cr
7491set{\rm / }show caution &&set{\rm / }show confirm\cr
7492set{\rm / }show demangle &&set{\rm / }show print demangle\cr
7493set{\rm / }show history write &&set{\rm / }show history save\cr
7494set{\rm / }show prettyprint &&set{\rm / }show print pretty\cr
7495set{\rm / }show screen-height &&set{\rm / }show height\cr
7496set{\rm / }show screen-width &&set{\rm / }show width\cr
7497set{\rm / }show sevenbit-strings &&set{\rm / }show print sevenbit-strings\cr
7498set{\rm / }show unionprint &&set{\rm / }show print union\cr
7499set{\rm / }show vtblprint &&set{\rm / }show print vtbl\cr
7500\cr
7501unset &&\rm(No longer an alias for delete)\cr
7502}
7503@end tex
92b73793 7504@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
70b88761 7505
77b46d13
JG
7506@node Formatting Documentation, Installing GDB, Renamed Commands, Top
7507@appendix Formatting the Documentation
7508
7509@cindex GDB reference card
7510@cindex reference card
7511The GDB 4 release includes an already-formatted reference card, ready
7512for printing on a PostScript or GhostScript printer, in the @file{gdb}
7513subdirectory of the main source directory---in
7514@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb/refcard.ps} of the version _GDB_VN__ release. If you have
7515a PostScript or GhostScript printer, you can print the reference card
7516by just sending @file{refcard.ps} to the printer.
7517
7518The release also includes the source for the reference card. You
7519can format it, using @TeX{}, by typing:
7520
7521@example
7522make refcard.dvi
7523@end example
7524
7525The GDB reference card is designed to print in landscape mode on US
7526``letter'' size paper; that is, on a sheet 11 inches wide by 8.5 inches
7527high. You will need to specify this form of printing as an option to
7528your @sc{dvi} output program.
7529
7530@cindex documentation
7531
7532All the documentation for GDB comes as part of the machine-readable
7533distribution. The documentation is written in Texinfo format, which is
7534a documentation system that uses a single source file to produce both
7535on-line information and a printed manual. You can use one of the Info
7536formatting commands to create the on-line version of the documentation
7537and @TeX{} (or @code{texi2roff}) to typeset the printed version.
7538
7539GDB includes an already formatted copy of the on-line Info version of
7540this manual in the @file{gdb} subdirectory. The main Info file is
7541@file{gdb-@var{version-number}/gdb/gdb.info}, and it refers to
a89f94c2
RP
7542subordinate files matching @samp{gdb.info*} in the same directory. If
7543necessary, you can print out these files, or read them with any editor;
7544but they are easier to read using the @code{info} subsystem in GNU Emacs
7545or the standalone @code{info} program, available as part of the GNU
7546Texinfo distribution.
77b46d13
JG
7547
7548If you want to format these Info files yourself, you need one of the
7549Info formatting programs, such as @code{texinfo-format-buffer} or
7550@code{makeinfo}.
7551
7552If you have @code{makeinfo} installed, and are in the top level GDB
7553source directory (@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__}, in the case of version _GDB_VN__), you can
7554make the Info file by typing:
7555
7556@example
7557cd gdb
7558make gdb.info
7559@end example
7560
7561If you want to typeset and print copies of this manual, you need
7562@TeX{}, a printing program such as @code{lpr}, and @file{texinfo.tex},
7563the Texinfo definitions file.
7564
7565@TeX{} is typesetting program; it does not print files directly, but
7566produces output files called @sc{dvi} files. To print a typeset
7567document, you need a program to print @sc{dvi} files. If your system
7568has @TeX{} installed, chances are it has such a program. The precise
7569command to use depends on your system; @kbd{lpr -d} is common; another
7570is @kbd{dvips}. The @sc{dvi} print command may require a file name
7571without any extension or a @samp{.dvi} extension.
7572
7573@TeX{} also requires a macro definitions file called
7574@file{texinfo.tex}. This file tells @TeX{} how to typeset a document
7575written in Texinfo format. On its own, @TeX{} cannot read, much less
7576typeset a Texinfo file. @file{texinfo.tex} is distributed with GDB
7577and is located in the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}/texinfo}
7578directory.
7579
7580If you have @TeX{} and a @sc{dvi} printer program installed, you can
7581typeset and print this manual. First switch to the the @file{gdb}
7582subdirectory of the main source directory (for example, to
7583@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb}) and then type:
7584
7585@example
7586make gdb.dvi
7587@end example
7588
7589@node Installing GDB, Copying, Formatting Documentation, Top
c7cb8acb
RP
7590@appendix Installing GDB
7591@cindex configuring GDB
70b88761
RP
7592@cindex installation
7593
f672bb7f
RP
7594@iftex
7595@c irrelevant in info file; it's as current as the code it lives with.
7596@quotation
7597@emph{Warning:} These installation instructions are current as of
c7cb8acb
RP
7598GDB version _GDB_VN__. If you're installing a more recent release
7599of GDB, we may have improved the installation procedures since
f672bb7f
RP
7600printing this manual; see the @file{README} file included in your
7601release for the most recent instructions.
7602@end quotation
7603@end iftex
7604
c7cb8acb
RP
7605GDB comes with a @code{configure} script that automates the process
7606of preparing GDB for installation; you can then use @code{make} to
7607build the program.
b80282d5 7608
c7cb8acb 7609The GDB distribution includes all the source code you need for GDB in
1041a570
RP
7610a single directory, whose name is usually composed by appending the
7611version number to @samp{gdb}.
7612
c7cb8acb 7613For example, the GDB version _GDB_VN__ distribution is in the @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__}
1041a570 7614directory. That directory contains:
b80282d5 7615
3d3ab540 7616@table @code
c7637ea6 7617@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/configure @r{(and supporting files)}
c7cb8acb 7618script for configuring GDB and all its supporting libraries.
b80282d5 7619
3e0d0a27 7620@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/gdb
c7cb8acb 7621the source specific to GDB itself
3d3ab540 7622
3e0d0a27 7623@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/bfd
77b46d13 7624source for the Binary File Descriptor library
3d3ab540 7625
3e0d0a27 7626@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/include
b80282d5 7627GNU include files
3d3ab540 7628
3e0d0a27 7629@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/libiberty
3d3ab540
RP
7630source for the @samp{-liberty} free software library
7631
3e0d0a27 7632@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/readline
b80282d5 7633source for the GNU command-line interface
77b46d13
JG
7634
7635@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/glob
7636source for the GNU filename pattern-matching subroutine
7637
7638@item gdb-_GDB_VN__/mmalloc
7639source for the GNU memory-mapped malloc package
3d3ab540 7640@end table
1041a570 7641
c7cb8acb 7642The simplest way to configure and build GDB is to run @code{configure}
1041a570
RP
7643from the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}} source directory, which in
7644this example is the @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__} directory.
7645
7646First switch to the @file{gdb-@var{version-number}} source directory
7647if you are not already in it; then run @code{configure}. Pass the
c7cb8acb 7648identifier for the platform on which GDB will run as an
1041a570
RP
7649argument.
7650
7651For example:
7652
7463aadd 7653@example
3e0d0a27 7654cd gdb-_GDB_VN__
3d3ab540 7655./configure @var{host}
7463aadd
RP
7656make
7657@end example
1041a570 7658
7463aadd 7659@noindent
1041a570 7660where @var{host} is an identifier such as @samp{sun4} or
c7cb8acb 7661@samp{decstation}, that identifies the platform where GDB will run.
1041a570 7662
38962738
RP
7663Running @samp{configure @var{host}} followed by @code{make} builds the
7664@file{bfd}, @file{readline}, @file{mmalloc}, and @file{libiberty}
7665libraries, then @code{gdb} itself. The configured source files, and the
7666binaries, are left in the corresponding source directories.
3d3ab540 7667
e251e767 7668@code{configure} is a Bourne-shell (@code{/bin/sh}) script; if your
29a2b744 7669system does not recognize this automatically when you run a different
1041a570
RP
7670shell, you may need to run @code{sh} on it explicitly:
7671
7672@example
7673sh configure @var{host}
7674@end example
e251e767 7675
f672bb7f
RP
7676If you run @code{configure} from a directory that contains source
7677directories for multiple libraries or programs, such as the
7678@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__} source directory for version _GDB_VN__, @code{configure}
7679creates configuration files for every directory level underneath (unless
98349959 7680you tell it not to, with the @samp{--norecursion} option).
f672bb7f
RP
7681
7682You can run the @code{configure} script from any of the
c7cb8acb 7683subordinate directories in the GDB distribution, if you only want to
1041a570
RP
7684configure that subdirectory; but be sure to specify a path to it.
7685
7686For example, with version _GDB_VN__, type the following to configure only
7687the @code{bfd} subdirectory:
7688
e251e767 7689@example
203eea5d 7690@group
e251e767
RP
7691cd gdb-_GDB_VN__/bfd
7692../configure @var{host}
203eea5d 7693@end group
e251e767
RP
7694@end example
7695
1041a570
RP
7696You can install @code{_GDBP__} anywhere; it has no hardwired paths.
7697However, you should make sure that the shell on your path (named by
7698the @samp{SHELL} environment variable) is publicly readable. Remember
c7cb8acb
RP
7699that GDB uses the shell to start your program---some systems refuse to
7700let GDB debug child processes whose programs are not readable.
3d3ab540
RP
7701
7702@menu
c7cb8acb 7703* Separate Objdir:: Compiling GDB in another directory
b80282d5
RP
7704* Config Names:: Specifying names for hosts and targets
7705* configure Options:: Summary of options for configure
3d3ab540
RP
7706@end menu
7707
c7cb8acb
RP
7708@node Separate Objdir, Config Names, Installing GDB, Installing GDB
7709@section Compiling GDB in Another Directory
1041a570 7710
c7cb8acb
RP
7711If you want to run GDB versions for several host or target machines,
7712you'll need a different @code{gdb} compiled for each combination of
1041a570 7713host and target. @code{configure} is designed to make this easy by
f672bb7f
RP
7714allowing you to generate each configuration in a separate subdirectory,
7715rather than in the source directory. If your @code{make} program
7716handles the @samp{VPATH} feature (GNU @code{make} does), running
c7cb8acb 7717@code{make} in each of these directories then builds the @code{gdb}
f672bb7f 7718program specified there.
b80282d5 7719
c7cb8acb 7720To build @code{gdb} in a separate directory, run @code{configure}
f672bb7f 7721with the @samp{--srcdir} option to specify where to find the source.
77b46d13
JG
7722(You'll also need to specify a path to find @code{configure}
7723itself from your working directory. If the path to @code{configure}
7724would be the same as the argument to @samp{--srcdir}, you can leave out
7725the @samp{--srcdir} option; it will be assumed.)
1041a570 7726
c7cb8acb 7727For example, with version _GDB_VN__, you can build GDB in a separate
f672bb7f 7728directory for a Sun 4 like this:
70b88761
RP
7729
7730@example
3d3ab540 7731@group
3e0d0a27 7732cd gdb-_GDB_VN__
f672bb7f
RP
7733mkdir ../gdb-sun4
7734cd ../gdb-sun4
77b46d13 7735../gdb-_GDB_VN__/configure sun4
70b88761 7736make
3d3ab540 7737@end group
70b88761
RP
7738@end example
7739
f672bb7f
RP
7740When @code{configure} builds a configuration using a remote source
7741directory, it creates a tree for the binaries with the same structure
7742(and using the same names) as the tree under the source directory. In
7743the example, you'd find the Sun 4 library @file{libiberty.a} in the
c7cb8acb 7744directory @file{gdb-sun4/libiberty}, and GDB itself in
f672bb7f 7745@file{gdb-sun4/gdb}.
1041a570 7746
38962738 7747One popular reason to build several GDB configurations in separate
c7cb8acb 7748directories is to configure GDB for cross-compiling (where GDB
f672bb7f
RP
7749runs on one machine---the host---while debugging programs that run on
7750another machine---the target). You specify a cross-debugging target by
7751giving the @samp{--target=@var{target}} option to @code{configure}.
c7637ea6 7752
1041a570 7753When you run @code{make} to build a program or library, you must run
f672bb7f
RP
7754it in a configured directory---whatever directory you were in when you
7755called @code{configure} (or one of its subdirectories).
c7637ea6
RP
7756
7757The @code{Makefile} generated by @code{configure} for each source
f672bb7f
RP
7758directory also runs recursively. If you type @code{make} in a source
7759directory such as @file{gdb-_GDB_VN__} (or in a separate configured
7760directory configured with @samp{--srcdir=@var{path}/gdb-_GDB_VN__}), you
c7cb8acb 7761will build all the required libraries, then build GDB.
3d3ab540 7762
f672bb7f
RP
7763When you have multiple hosts or targets configured in separate
7764directories, you can run @code{make} on them in parallel (for example,
7765if they are NFS-mounted on each of the hosts); they will not interfere
7766with each other.
3d3ab540 7767
c7cb8acb 7768@node Config Names, configure Options, Separate Objdir, Installing GDB
b80282d5
RP
7769@section Specifying Names for Hosts and Targets
7770
7771The specifications used for hosts and targets in the @code{configure}
7772script are based on a three-part naming scheme, but some short predefined
7773aliases are also supported. The full naming scheme encodes three pieces
e251e767 7774of information in the following pattern:
1041a570 7775
b80282d5
RP
7776@example
7777@var{architecture}-@var{vendor}-@var{os}
7778@end example
7779
7780For example, you can use the alias @code{sun4} as a @var{host} argument
5e3186ab 7781or in a @code{--target=@var{target}} option, but the equivalent full name
e251e767 7782is @samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}.
b80282d5 7783
38962738
RP
7784@c @group would be better, if it worked
7785@page
1041a570 7786The following table shows all the architectures, hosts, and OS
c7cb8acb 7787prefixes that @code{configure} recognizes in GDB version _GDB_VN__. Entries
1041a570
RP
7788in the ``OS prefix'' column ending in a @samp{*} may be followed by a
7789release number.
b80282d5 7790
38962738 7791@c FIXME! Update for most recent gdb
92b73793 7792@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
b80282d5 7793@ifinfo
92b73793 7794@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
b80282d5
RP
7795@example
7796
203eea5d 7797ARCHITECTURE VENDOR OS prefix
92b73793 7798@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
203eea5d 7799------------+--------------------------+---------------------------
92b73793 7800@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
203eea5d
RP
7801 | |
7802 580 | altos hp | aix* msdos*
7803 a29k | amd ibm | amigados newsos*
7804 alliant | amdahl intel | aout nindy*
7805 arm | aout isi | bout osf*
7806 c1 | apollo little | bsd* sco*
7807 c2 | att mips | coff sunos*
7808 cray2 | bcs motorola | ctix* svr4
7809 h8300 | bout ncr | dgux* sym*
7810 i386 | bull next | dynix* sysv*
7811 i860 | cbm nyu | ebmon ultrix*
7812 i960 | coff sco | esix* unicos*
7813 m68000 | convergent sequent | hds unos*
7814 m68k | convex sgi | hpux* uts
7815 m88k | cray sony | irix* v88r*
7816 mips | dec sun | isc* vms*
7817 ns32k | encore unicom | kern vxworks*
7818 pyramid | gould utek | mach*
7819 romp | hitachi wrs |
7820 rs6000 | |
7821 sparc | |
7822 tahoe | |
7823 tron | |
7824 vax | |
7825 xmp | |
7826 ymp | |
b80282d5 7827@end example
1041a570 7828
92b73793 7829@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
b80282d5
RP
7830@end ifinfo
7831@tex
c338a2fd
RP
7832%\vskip\parskip
7833\vskip \baselineskip
203eea5d
RP
7834\hfil\vbox{\offinterlineskip
7835\halign{\strut\tt #\hfil\ &\vrule#&\strut\ \tt #\hfil\ &\strut\ \tt #\hfil
7836\ &\vrule#&\strut\ \tt #\hfil\ &\strut\ \tt #\hfil \cr
7837{\bf Architecture} &&{\bf Vendor} &&&{\bf OS prefix}\cr
7838\multispan7\hrulefill\cr
7839 580 && altos & hp && aix* & msdos* \cr
7840 a29k && amd & ibm && amigados & newsos* \cr
7841 alliant && amdahl & intel && aout & nindy* \cr
7842 arm && aout & isi && bout & osf* \cr
7843 c1 && apollo & little && bsd* & sco* \cr
7844 c2 && att & mips && coff & sunos* \cr
7845 cray2 && bcs & motorola && ctix* & svr4 \cr
7846 h8300 && bout & ncr && dgux* & sym* \cr
7847 i386 && bull & next && dynix* & sysv* \cr
7848 i860 && cbm & nyu && ebmon & ultrix* \cr
7849 i960 && coff & sco && esix* & unicos* \cr
7850 m68000 && convergent& sequent && hds & unos* \cr
7851 m68k && convex & sgi && hpux* & uts \cr
7852 m88k && cray & sony && irix* & v88r* \cr
7853 mips && dec & sun && isc* & vms* \cr
7854 ns32k && encore & unicom && kern & vxworks* \cr
7855 pyramid && gould & utek && mach* & \cr
7856 romp && hitachi & wrs && & \cr
7857 rs6000 && & && & \cr
7858 sparc && & && & \cr
7859 tahoe && & && & \cr
7860 tron && & && & \cr
7861 vax && & && & \cr
7862 xmp && & && & \cr
7863 ymp && & && & \cr
7864}\hfil}
1041a570 7865@end tex
92b73793 7866@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
1041a570 7867
203eea5d 7868@quotation
a6d0b6d3
RP
7869@emph{Warning:} @code{configure} can represent a very large number of
7870combinations of architecture, vendor, and OS. There is by no means
7871support available for all possible combinations!
203eea5d 7872@end quotation
b80282d5 7873
c7cb8acb 7874The @code{configure} script accompanying GDB does not provide
b80282d5
RP
7875any query facility to list all supported host and target names or
7876aliases. @code{configure} calls the Bourne shell script
7877@code{config.sub} to map abbreviations to full names; you can read the
7878script, if you wish, or you can use it to test your guesses on
7879abbreviations---for example:
1041a570 7880
b80282d5
RP
7881@example
7882% sh config.sub sun4
7883sparc-sun-sunos4
7884% sh config.sub sun3
7885m68k-sun-sunos4
7886% sh config.sub decstation
7887mips-dec-ultrix
7888% sh config.sub hp300bsd
7889m68k-hp-bsd
7890% sh config.sub i386v
7891i386-none-sysv
e94b4a2b
RP
7892% sh config.sub i786v
7893*** Configuration "i786v" not recognized
b80282d5 7894@end example
1041a570 7895
c7637ea6 7896@noindent
1041a570
RP
7897@code{config.sub} is also distributed in the GDB source
7898directory (@file{gdb-_GDB_VN__}, for version _GDB_VN__).
b80282d5 7899
77b46d13 7900@node configure Options, , Config Names, Installing GDB
3d3ab540 7901@section @code{configure} Options
7463aadd
RP
7902
7903Here is a summary of all the @code{configure} options and arguments that
c7cb8acb 7904you might use for building GDB:
7463aadd
RP
7905
7906@example
77b46d13 7907configure @r{[}--srcdir=@var{path}@r{]}
f672bb7f
RP
7908 @r{[}--norecursion@r{]} @r{[}--rm@r{]}
7909 @r{[}--target=@var{target}@r{]} @var{host}
7463aadd 7910@end example
1041a570 7911
3d3ab540 7912@noindent
f672bb7f
RP
7913You may introduce options with a single @samp{-} rather than
7914@samp{--} if you prefer; but you may abbreviate option names if you use
7915@samp{--}.
70b88761
RP
7916
7917@table @code
f672bb7f 7918@item --srcdir=@var{path}
6ca72cc6
RP
7919@strong{Warning: using this option requires GNU @code{make}, or another
7920@code{make} that implements the @code{VPATH} feature.}@*
f672bb7f 7921Use this option to make configurations in directories separate from the
c7cb8acb 7922GDB source directories. Among other things, you can use this to
f672bb7f
RP
7923build (or maintain) several configurations simultaneously, in separate
7924directories. @code{configure} writes configuration specific files in
7925the current directory, but arranges for them to use the source in the
7926directory @var{path}. @code{configure} will create directories under
7927the working directory in parallel to the source directories below
7928@var{path}.
7929
7930@item --norecursion
7931Configure only the directory level where @code{configure} is executed; do not
7463aadd
RP
7932propagate configuration to subdirectories.
7933
f672bb7f 7934@item --rm
b80282d5 7935Remove the configuration that the other arguments specify.
7463aadd 7936
29a2b744 7937@c This does not work (yet if ever). FIXME.
f672bb7f 7938@c @item --parse=@var{lang} @dots{}
c7cb8acb
RP
7939@c Configure the GDB expression parser to parse the listed languages.
7940@c @samp{all} configures GDB for all supported languages. To get a
d7b569d5 7941@c list of all supported languages, omit the argument. Without this
c7cb8acb 7942@c option, GDB is configured to parse all supported languages.
c2bbbb22 7943
f672bb7f 7944@item --target=@var{target}
c7cb8acb
RP
7945Configure GDB for cross-debugging programs running on the specified
7946@var{target}. Without this option, GDB is configured to debug
7947programs that run on the same machine (@var{host}) as GDB itself.
b80282d5
RP
7948
7949There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available targets.
7463aadd
RP
7950
7951@item @var{host} @dots{}
c7cb8acb 7952Configure GDB to run on the specified @var{host}.
b80282d5
RP
7953
7954There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available hosts.
70b88761
RP
7955@end table
7956
3d3ab540
RP
7957@noindent
7958@code{configure} accepts other options, for compatibility with
b80282d5 7959configuring other GNU tools recursively; but these are the only
c7cb8acb 7960options that affect GDB or its supporting libraries.
3d3ab540 7961
c7cb8acb 7962@node Copying, Index, Installing GDB, Top
70b88761 7963@unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
7463aadd 7964@center Version 2, June 1991
70b88761
RP
7965
7966@display
7463aadd 7967Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
70b88761
RP
7968675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
7969
7970Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
7971of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
7972@end display
7973
7974@unnumberedsec Preamble
7975
7463aadd
RP
7976 The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
7977freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
70b88761 7978License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
7463aadd
RP
7979software---to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
7980General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
7981Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
7982using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
7983the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
7984your programs, too.
70b88761
RP
7985
7986 When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
7463aadd
RP
7987price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
7988have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
7989this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
7990if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
7991in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
70b88761
RP
7992
7993 To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
7994anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
7995These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
7996distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
7997
7463aadd 7998 For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
70b88761
RP
7999gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
8000you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
7463aadd
RP
8001source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
8002rights.
70b88761
RP
8003
8004 We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
8005(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
8006distribute and/or modify the software.
8007
8008 Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
8009that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
8010software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
8011want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
8012that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
8013authors' reputations.
8014
7463aadd
RP
8015 Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
8016patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
8017program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
8018program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
8019patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
8020
70b88761
RP
8021 The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
8022modification follow.
8023
8024@iftex
7463aadd 8025@unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
70b88761
RP
8026@end iftex
8027@ifinfo
7463aadd 8028@center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
70b88761
RP
8029@end ifinfo
8030
8031@enumerate
8032@item
7463aadd
RP
8033This License applies to any program or other work which contains
8034a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
8035under the terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', below,
8036refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program''
8037means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
8038that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
8039either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
8040language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
8041the term ``modification''.) Each licensee is addressed as ``you''.
8042
8043Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
8044covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
8045running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
8046is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
8047Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
8048Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
70b88761
RP
8049
8050@item
7463aadd
RP
8051You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
8052source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
8053conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
8054copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
8055notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
8056and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
8057along with the Program.
70b88761 8058
7463aadd
RP
8059You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
8060you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
70b88761 8061
70b88761 8062@item
7463aadd
RP
8063You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
8064of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
8065distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
8066above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
70b88761 8067
1041a570 8068@enumerate a
70b88761 8069@item
7463aadd
RP
8070You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
8071stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
70b88761
RP
8072
8073@item
7463aadd
RP
8074You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
8075whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
8076part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
8077parties under the terms of this License.
70b88761
RP
8078
8079@item
7463aadd
RP
8080If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
8081when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
8082interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
8083announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
8084notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
8085a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
8086these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
8087License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
8088does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
8089the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
1041a570 8090@end enumerate
7463aadd
RP
8091
8092These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
8093identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
8094and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
8095themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
8096sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
8097distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
8098on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
8099this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
8100entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
8101
8102Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
8103your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
8104exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
8105collective works based on the Program.
8106
8107In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
8108with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
8109a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
8110the scope of this License.
70b88761
RP
8111
8112@item
7463aadd
RP
8113You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
8114under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
8115Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
70b88761 8116
1041a570 8117@enumerate a
70b88761 8118@item
7463aadd
RP
8119Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
8120source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
81211 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
70b88761
RP
8122
8123@item
7463aadd
RP
8124Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
8125years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
8126cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
8127machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
8128distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
8129customarily used for software interchange; or,
70b88761
RP
8130
8131@item
7463aadd
RP
8132Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
8133to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
70b88761 8134allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
7463aadd
RP
8135received the program in object code or executable form with such
8136an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
1041a570 8137@end enumerate
7463aadd
RP
8138
8139The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
8140making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
8141code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
8142associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
8143control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
8144special exception, the source code distributed need not include
8145anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
8146form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
8147operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
8148itself accompanies the executable.
8149
8150If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
8151access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
8152access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
8153distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
8154compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
70b88761
RP
8155
8156@item
7463aadd
RP
8157You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
8158except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
8159otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
8160void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
8161However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
8162this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
8163parties remain in full compliance.
70b88761
RP
8164
8165@item
7463aadd
RP
8166You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
8167signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
8168distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
8169prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
8170modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
8171Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
8172all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
8173the Program or works based on it.
70b88761
RP
8174
8175@item
8176Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
7463aadd
RP
8177Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
8178original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
8179these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
8180restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
8181You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
8182this License.
8183
8184@item
8185If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
8186infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
8187conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
8188otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
8189excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
8190distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
8191License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
8192may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
8193license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
8194all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
8195the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
8196refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
8197
8198If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
8199any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
8200apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
8201circumstances.
8202
8203It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
8204patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
8205such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
8206integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
8207implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
8208generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
8209through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
8210system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
8211to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
8212impose that choice.
8213
8214This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
8215be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8216
8217@item
8218If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
8219certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
8220original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
8221may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
8222those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
8223countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
8224the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
70b88761
RP
8225
8226@item
8227The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
8228of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
8229be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
8230address new problems or concerns.
8231
8232Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
7463aadd 8233specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any
70b88761
RP
8234later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
8235either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
8236Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
7463aadd 8237this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
70b88761
RP
8238Foundation.
8239
8240@item
8241If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
8242programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
8243to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
8244Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
8245make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
8246of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
8247of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
8248
8249@iftex
8250@heading NO WARRANTY
8251@end iftex
8252@ifinfo
8253@center NO WARRANTY
8254@end ifinfo
8255
8256@item
8257BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
8258FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
8259OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
8260PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
8261OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
8262MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
8263TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
8264PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
8265REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
8266
8267@item
7463aadd
RP
8268IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
8269WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
70b88761 8270REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
7463aadd
RP
8271INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
8272OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
8273TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
8274YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
8275PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
8276POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
70b88761
RP
8277@end enumerate
8278
8279@iftex
8280@heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
8281@end iftex
8282@ifinfo
8283@center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
8284@end ifinfo
8285
8286@page
54e6b3c3 8287@unnumberedsec Applying These Terms to Your New Programs
70b88761
RP
8288
8289 If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
7463aadd
RP
8290possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
8291free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
70b88761 8292
7463aadd
RP
8293 To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
8294to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
8295convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
8296the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
70b88761
RP
8297
8298@smallexample
203eea5d 8299@var{one line to give the program's name and an idea of what it does.}
70b88761
RP
8300Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
8301
203eea5d
RP
8302This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
8303modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
8304as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
8305of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
70b88761
RP
8306
8307This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
8308but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
8309MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
8310GNU General Public License for more details.
8311
8312You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
203eea5d
RP
8313along with this program; if not, write to the
8314Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
8315Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
70b88761
RP
8316@end smallexample
8317
8318Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
8319
8320If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
8321when it starts in an interactive mode:
8322
8323@smallexample
8324Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
203eea5d
RP
8325Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details
8326type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome
8327to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c'
8328for details.
70b88761
RP
8329@end smallexample
8330
7463aadd
RP
8331The hypothetical commands @samp{show w} and @samp{show c} should show
8332the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the
8333commands you use may be called something other than @samp{show w} and
8334@samp{show c}; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever
8335suits your program.
70b88761
RP
8336
8337You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
8338school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if
8339necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
8340
1041a570
RP
8341@example
8342Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright
8343interest in the program `Gnomovision'
8344(which makes passes at compilers) written
8345by James Hacker.
70b88761
RP
8346
8347@var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1989
8348Ty Coon, President of Vice
1041a570 8349@end example
7463aadd
RP
8350
8351This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
8352proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
8353consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
8354library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
8355Public License instead of this License.
70b88761 8356
9c3ad547 8357@node Index, , Copying, Top
d2e08421 8358@unnumbered Index
e91b87a3 8359
8360@printindex cp
8361
fe3f5fc8
RP
8362@tex
8363% I think something like @colophon should be in texinfo. In the
8364% meantime:
8365\long\def\colophon{\hbox to0pt{}\vfill
8366\centerline{The body of this manual is set in}
8367\centerline{\fontname\tenrm,}
8368\centerline{with headings in {\bf\fontname\tenbf}}
8369\centerline{and examples in {\tt\fontname\tentt}.}
a6d0b6d3
RP
8370\centerline{{\it\fontname\tenit\/},}
8371\centerline{{\bf\fontname\tenbf}, and}
fe3f5fc8
RP
8372\centerline{{\sl\fontname\tensl\/}}
8373\centerline{are used for emphasis.}\vfill}
8374\page\colophon
a6d0b6d3 8375% Blame: pesch@cygnus.com, 1991.
fe3f5fc8
RP
8376@end tex
8377
e91b87a3 8378@contents
8379@bye
This page took 0.505043 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.